Home | History | Annotate | Line # | Download | only in bfd
elf32-sh.c revision 1.1.1.10
      1 /* Renesas / SuperH SH specific support for 32-bit ELF
      2    Copyright (C) 1996-2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
      3    Contributed by Ian Lance Taylor, Cygnus Support.
      4 
      5    This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
      6 
      7    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
      8    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
      9    the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
     10    (at your option) any later version.
     11 
     12    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
     13    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
     14    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
     15    GNU General Public License for more details.
     16 
     17    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
     18    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
     19    Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
     20    MA 02110-1301, USA.  */
     21 
     22 #include "sysdep.h"
     23 #include "bfd.h"
     24 #include "bfdlink.h"
     25 #include "libbfd.h"
     26 #include "elf-bfd.h"
     27 #include "elf-vxworks.h"
     28 #include "elf/sh.h"
     29 #include "dwarf2.h"
     30 #include "libiberty.h"
     31 #include "../opcodes/sh-opc.h"
     32 
     33 /* All users of this file have bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd, sec) == 1.  */
     34 #define OCTETS_PER_BYTE(ABFD, SEC) 1
     35 
     36 static bfd_reloc_status_type sh_elf_reloc
     37   (bfd *, arelent *, asymbol *, void *, asection *, bfd *, char **);
     38 static bfd_reloc_status_type sh_elf_ignore_reloc
     39   (bfd *, arelent *, asymbol *, void *, asection *, bfd *, char **);
     40 static bool sh_elf_relax_delete_bytes
     41   (bfd *, asection *, bfd_vma, int);
     42 static bool sh_elf_align_loads
     43   (bfd *, asection *, Elf_Internal_Rela *, bfd_byte *, bool *);
     44 static bool sh_elf_swap_insns
     45   (bfd *, asection *, void *, bfd_byte *, bfd_vma);
     46 static int sh_elf_optimized_tls_reloc
     47   (struct bfd_link_info *, int, int);
     48 static bfd_vma dtpoff_base
     49   (struct bfd_link_info *);
     50 static bfd_vma tpoff
     51   (struct bfd_link_info *, bfd_vma);
     52 
     53 /* The name of the dynamic interpreter.  This is put in the .interp
     54    section.  */
     55 
     56 #define ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER "/usr/lib/libc.so.1"
     57 
     58 /* FDPIC binaries have a default 128K stack.  */
     59 #define DEFAULT_STACK_SIZE 0x20000
     60 
     61 #define MINUS_ONE ((bfd_vma) 0 - 1)
     62 
     63 /* Decide whether a reference to a symbol can be resolved locally or
     64    not.  If the symbol is protected, we want the local address, but
     65    its function descriptor must be assigned by the dynamic linker.  */
     66 #define SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL(INFO, H) \
     67   (SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (INFO, H) \
     68    || ! elf_hash_table (INFO)->dynamic_sections_created)
     69 
     70 #define SH_PARTIAL32 true
     72 #define SH_SRC_MASK32 0xffffffff
     73 #define SH_ELF_RELOC sh_elf_reloc
     74 static reloc_howto_type sh_elf_howto_table[] =
     75 {
     76 #include "elf32-sh-relocs.h"
     77 };
     78 
     79 #define SH_PARTIAL32 false
     80 #define SH_SRC_MASK32 0
     81 #define SH_ELF_RELOC bfd_elf_generic_reloc
     82 static reloc_howto_type sh_vxworks_howto_table[] =
     83 {
     84 #include "elf32-sh-relocs.h"
     85 };
     86 
     87 /* Return true if OUTPUT_BFD is a VxWorks object.  */
     89 
     90 static bool
     91 vxworks_object_p (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
     92 {
     93 #if !defined SH_TARGET_ALREADY_DEFINED
     94   extern const bfd_target sh_elf32_vxworks_le_vec;
     95   extern const bfd_target sh_elf32_vxworks_vec;
     96 
     97   return (abfd->xvec == &sh_elf32_vxworks_le_vec
     98 	  || abfd->xvec == &sh_elf32_vxworks_vec);
     99 #else
    100   return false;
    101 #endif
    102 }
    103 
    104 /* Return true if OUTPUT_BFD is an FDPIC object.  */
    105 
    106 static bool
    107 fdpic_object_p (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
    108 {
    109 #if !defined SH_TARGET_ALREADY_DEFINED
    110   extern const bfd_target sh_elf32_fdpic_le_vec;
    111   extern const bfd_target sh_elf32_fdpic_be_vec;
    112 
    113   return (abfd->xvec == &sh_elf32_fdpic_le_vec
    114 	  || abfd->xvec == &sh_elf32_fdpic_be_vec);
    115 #else
    116   return false;
    117 #endif
    118 }
    119 
    120 /* Return the howto table for ABFD.  */
    121 
    122 static reloc_howto_type *
    123 get_howto_table (bfd *abfd)
    124 {
    125   if (vxworks_object_p (abfd))
    126     return sh_vxworks_howto_table;
    127   return sh_elf_howto_table;
    128 }
    129 
    130 static bfd_reloc_status_type
    131 sh_elf_reloc_loop (int r_type ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, bfd *input_bfd,
    132 		   asection *input_section, bfd_byte *contents,
    133 		   bfd_vma addr, asection *symbol_section,
    134 		   bfd_vma start, bfd_vma end)
    135 {
    136   static bfd_vma last_addr;
    137   static asection *last_symbol_section;
    138   bfd_byte *start_ptr, *ptr, *last_ptr;
    139   int diff, cum_diff;
    140   bfd_signed_vma x;
    141   int insn;
    142 
    143   /* Sanity check the address.  */
    144   if (addr > bfd_get_section_limit (input_bfd, input_section))
    145     return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
    146 
    147   /* We require the start and end relocations to be processed consecutively -
    148      although we allow then to be processed forwards or backwards.  */
    149   if (! last_addr)
    150     {
    151       last_addr = addr;
    152       last_symbol_section = symbol_section;
    153       return bfd_reloc_ok;
    154     }
    155   if (last_addr != addr)
    156     abort ();
    157   last_addr = 0;
    158 
    159   if (! symbol_section || last_symbol_section != symbol_section || end < start)
    160     return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
    161 
    162   /* Get the symbol_section contents.  */
    163   if (symbol_section != input_section)
    164     {
    165       if (elf_section_data (symbol_section)->this_hdr.contents != NULL)
    166 	contents = elf_section_data (symbol_section)->this_hdr.contents;
    167       else
    168 	{
    169 	  if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (input_bfd, symbol_section,
    170 					   &contents))
    171 	    {
    172 	      free (contents);
    173 	      return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
    174 	    }
    175 	}
    176     }
    177 #define IS_PPI(PTR) ((bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, (PTR)) & 0xfc00) == 0xf800)
    178   start_ptr = contents + start;
    179   for (cum_diff = -6, ptr = contents + end; cum_diff < 0 && ptr > start_ptr;)
    180     {
    181       for (last_ptr = ptr, ptr -= 4; ptr >= start_ptr && IS_PPI (ptr);)
    182 	ptr -= 2;
    183       ptr += 2;
    184       diff = (last_ptr - ptr) >> 1;
    185       cum_diff += diff & 1;
    186       cum_diff += diff;
    187     }
    188   /* Calculate the start / end values to load into rs / re minus four -
    189      so that will cancel out the four we would otherwise have to add to
    190      addr to get the value to subtract in order to get relative addressing.  */
    191   if (cum_diff >= 0)
    192     {
    193       start -= 4;
    194       end = (ptr + cum_diff * 2) - contents;
    195     }
    196   else
    197     {
    198       bfd_vma start0 = start - 4;
    199 
    200       while (start0 && IS_PPI (contents + start0))
    201 	start0 -= 2;
    202       start0 = start - 2 - ((start - start0) & 2);
    203       start = start0 - cum_diff - 2;
    204       end = start0;
    205     }
    206 
    207   if (elf_section_data (symbol_section)->this_hdr.contents != contents)
    208     free (contents);
    209 
    210   insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + addr);
    211 
    212   x = (insn & 0x200 ? end : start) - addr;
    213   if (input_section != symbol_section)
    214     x += ((symbol_section->output_section->vma + symbol_section->output_offset)
    215 	  - (input_section->output_section->vma
    216 	     + input_section->output_offset));
    217   x >>= 1;
    218   if (x < -128 || x > 127)
    219     return bfd_reloc_overflow;
    220 
    221   x = (insn & ~0xff) | (x & 0xff);
    222   bfd_put_16 (input_bfd, (bfd_vma) x, contents + addr);
    223 
    224   return bfd_reloc_ok;
    225 }
    226 
    227 /* This function is used for normal relocs.  This used to be like the COFF
    228    function, and is almost certainly incorrect for other ELF targets.  */
    229 
    230 static bfd_reloc_status_type
    231 sh_elf_reloc (bfd *abfd, arelent *reloc_entry, asymbol *symbol_in,
    232 	      void *data, asection *input_section, bfd *output_bfd,
    233 	      char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
    234 {
    235   bfd_vma insn;
    236   bfd_vma sym_value;
    237   enum elf_sh_reloc_type r_type;
    238   bfd_vma addr = reloc_entry->address;
    239   bfd_size_type octets = addr * OCTETS_PER_BYTE (abfd, input_section);
    240   bfd_byte *hit_data = (bfd_byte *) data + octets;
    241 
    242   r_type = (enum elf_sh_reloc_type) reloc_entry->howto->type;
    243 
    244   if (output_bfd != NULL)
    245     {
    246       /* Partial linking--do nothing.  */
    247       reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset;
    248       return bfd_reloc_ok;
    249     }
    250 
    251   /* Almost all relocs have to do with relaxing.  If any work must be
    252      done for them, it has been done in sh_relax_section.  */
    253   if (r_type == R_SH_IND12W && (symbol_in->flags & BSF_LOCAL) != 0)
    254     return bfd_reloc_ok;
    255 
    256   if (symbol_in != NULL
    257       && bfd_is_und_section (symbol_in->section))
    258     return bfd_reloc_undefined;
    259 
    260   /* PR 17512: file: 9891ca98.  */
    261   if (octets + bfd_get_reloc_size (reloc_entry->howto)
    262       > bfd_get_section_limit_octets (abfd, input_section))
    263     return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
    264 
    265   if (bfd_is_com_section (symbol_in->section))
    266     sym_value = 0;
    267   else
    268     sym_value = (symbol_in->value +
    269 		 symbol_in->section->output_section->vma +
    270 		 symbol_in->section->output_offset);
    271 
    272   switch (r_type)
    273     {
    274     case R_SH_DIR32:
    275       insn = bfd_get_32 (abfd, hit_data);
    276       insn += sym_value + reloc_entry->addend;
    277       bfd_put_32 (abfd, insn, hit_data);
    278       break;
    279     case R_SH_IND12W:
    280       insn = bfd_get_16 (abfd, hit_data);
    281       sym_value += reloc_entry->addend;
    282       sym_value -= (input_section->output_section->vma
    283 		    + input_section->output_offset
    284 		    + addr
    285 		    + 4);
    286       sym_value += (((insn & 0xfff) ^ 0x800) - 0x800) << 1;
    287       insn = (insn & 0xf000) | ((sym_value >> 1) & 0xfff);
    288       bfd_put_16 (abfd, insn, hit_data);
    289       if (sym_value + 0x1000 >= 0x2000 || (sym_value & 1) != 0)
    290 	return bfd_reloc_overflow;
    291       break;
    292     default:
    293       abort ();
    294       break;
    295     }
    296 
    297   return bfd_reloc_ok;
    298 }
    299 
    300 /* This function is used for relocs which are only used for relaxing,
    301    which the linker should otherwise ignore.  */
    302 
    303 static bfd_reloc_status_type
    304 sh_elf_ignore_reloc (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, arelent *reloc_entry,
    305 		     asymbol *symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
    306 		     void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, asection *input_section,
    307 		     bfd *output_bfd,
    308 		     char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
    309 {
    310   if (output_bfd != NULL)
    311     reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset;
    312   return bfd_reloc_ok;
    313 }
    314 
    315 /* This structure is used to map BFD reloc codes to SH ELF relocs.  */
    316 
    317 struct elf_reloc_map
    318 {
    319   bfd_reloc_code_real_type bfd_reloc_val;
    320   unsigned char elf_reloc_val;
    321 };
    322 
    323 /* An array mapping BFD reloc codes to SH ELF relocs.  */
    324 
    325 static const struct elf_reloc_map sh_reloc_map[] =
    326 {
    327   { BFD_RELOC_NONE, R_SH_NONE },
    328   { BFD_RELOC_32, R_SH_DIR32 },
    329   { BFD_RELOC_16, R_SH_DIR16 },
    330   { BFD_RELOC_8, R_SH_DIR8 },
    331   { BFD_RELOC_CTOR, R_SH_DIR32 },
    332   { BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL, R_SH_REL32 },
    333   { BFD_RELOC_SH_PCDISP8BY2, R_SH_DIR8WPN },
    334   { BFD_RELOC_SH_PCDISP12BY2, R_SH_IND12W },
    335   { BFD_RELOC_SH_PCRELIMM8BY2, R_SH_DIR8WPZ },
    336   { BFD_RELOC_SH_PCRELIMM8BY4, R_SH_DIR8WPL },
    337   { BFD_RELOC_8_PCREL, R_SH_SWITCH8 },
    338   { BFD_RELOC_SH_SWITCH16, R_SH_SWITCH16 },
    339   { BFD_RELOC_SH_SWITCH32, R_SH_SWITCH32 },
    340   { BFD_RELOC_SH_USES, R_SH_USES },
    341   { BFD_RELOC_SH_COUNT, R_SH_COUNT },
    342   { BFD_RELOC_SH_ALIGN, R_SH_ALIGN },
    343   { BFD_RELOC_SH_CODE, R_SH_CODE },
    344   { BFD_RELOC_SH_DATA, R_SH_DATA },
    345   { BFD_RELOC_SH_LABEL, R_SH_LABEL },
    346   { BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_INHERIT, R_SH_GNU_VTINHERIT },
    347   { BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY, R_SH_GNU_VTENTRY },
    348   { BFD_RELOC_SH_LOOP_START, R_SH_LOOP_START },
    349   { BFD_RELOC_SH_LOOP_END, R_SH_LOOP_END },
    350   { BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_GD_32, R_SH_TLS_GD_32 },
    351   { BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_LD_32, R_SH_TLS_LD_32 },
    352   { BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_LDO_32, R_SH_TLS_LDO_32 },
    353   { BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_IE_32, R_SH_TLS_IE_32 },
    354   { BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_LE_32, R_SH_TLS_LE_32 },
    355   { BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_DTPMOD32, R_SH_TLS_DTPMOD32 },
    356   { BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_DTPOFF32, R_SH_TLS_DTPOFF32 },
    357   { BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_TPOFF32, R_SH_TLS_TPOFF32 },
    358   { BFD_RELOC_32_GOT_PCREL, R_SH_GOT32 },
    359   { BFD_RELOC_32_PLT_PCREL, R_SH_PLT32 },
    360   { BFD_RELOC_SH_COPY, R_SH_COPY },
    361   { BFD_RELOC_SH_GLOB_DAT, R_SH_GLOB_DAT },
    362   { BFD_RELOC_SH_JMP_SLOT, R_SH_JMP_SLOT },
    363   { BFD_RELOC_SH_RELATIVE, R_SH_RELATIVE },
    364   { BFD_RELOC_32_GOTOFF, R_SH_GOTOFF },
    365   { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPC, R_SH_GOTPC },
    366   { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPLT32, R_SH_GOTPLT32 },
    367   { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOT20, R_SH_GOT20 },
    368   { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTOFF20, R_SH_GOTOFF20 },
    369   { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTFUNCDESC, R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC },
    370   { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20, R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20 },
    371   { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC, R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC },
    372   { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20, R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20 },
    373   { BFD_RELOC_SH_FUNCDESC, R_SH_FUNCDESC },
    374 };
    375 
    376 /* Given a BFD reloc code, return the howto structure for the
    377    corresponding SH ELF reloc.  */
    378 
    379 static reloc_howto_type *
    380 sh_elf_reloc_type_lookup (bfd *abfd, bfd_reloc_code_real_type code)
    381 {
    382   unsigned int i;
    383 
    384   for (i = 0; i < sizeof (sh_reloc_map) / sizeof (struct elf_reloc_map); i++)
    385     {
    386       if (sh_reloc_map[i].bfd_reloc_val == code)
    387 	return get_howto_table (abfd) + (int) sh_reloc_map[i].elf_reloc_val;
    388     }
    389 
    390   return NULL;
    391 }
    392 
    393 static reloc_howto_type *
    394 sh_elf_reloc_name_lookup (bfd *abfd, const char *r_name)
    395 {
    396   unsigned int i;
    397 
    398   if (vxworks_object_p (abfd))
    399     {
    400       for (i = 0;
    401 	   i < (sizeof (sh_vxworks_howto_table)
    402 		/ sizeof (sh_vxworks_howto_table[0]));
    403 	   i++)
    404 	if (sh_vxworks_howto_table[i].name != NULL
    405 	    && strcasecmp (sh_vxworks_howto_table[i].name, r_name) == 0)
    406 	  return &sh_vxworks_howto_table[i];
    407     }
    408   else
    409     {
    410       for (i = 0;
    411 	   i < (sizeof (sh_elf_howto_table)
    412 		/ sizeof (sh_elf_howto_table[0]));
    413 	   i++)
    414 	if (sh_elf_howto_table[i].name != NULL
    415 	    && strcasecmp (sh_elf_howto_table[i].name, r_name) == 0)
    416 	  return &sh_elf_howto_table[i];
    417     }
    418 
    419   return NULL;
    420 }
    421 
    422 /* Given an ELF reloc, fill in the howto field of a relent.  */
    423 
    424 static bool
    425 sh_elf_info_to_howto (bfd *abfd, arelent *cache_ptr, Elf_Internal_Rela *dst)
    426 {
    427   unsigned int r;
    428 
    429   r = ELF32_R_TYPE (dst->r_info);
    430 
    431   if (r >= R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_6
    432       || (r >= R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC   && r <= R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC)
    433       || (r >= R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_2 && r <= R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_2)
    434       || (r >= R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_3 && r <= R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_3)
    435       || (r >= R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_4 && r <= R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_4)
    436       || (r >= R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_5 && r <= R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_5))
    437     {
    438       /* xgettext:c-format */
    439       _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: unsupported relocation type %#x"),
    440 			  abfd, r);
    441       bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
    442       return false;
    443     }
    444 
    445   cache_ptr->howto = get_howto_table (abfd) + r;
    446   return true;
    447 }
    448 
    449 /* This function handles relaxing for SH ELF.  See the corresponding
    451    function in coff-sh.c for a description of what this does.  FIXME:
    452    There is a lot of duplication here between this code and the COFF
    453    specific code.  The format of relocs and symbols is wound deeply
    454    into this code, but it would still be better if the duplication
    455    could be eliminated somehow.  Note in particular that although both
    456    functions use symbols like R_SH_CODE, those symbols have different
    457    values; in coff-sh.c they come from include/coff/sh.h, whereas here
    458    they come from enum elf_sh_reloc_type in include/elf/sh.h.  */
    459 
    460 static bool
    461 sh_elf_relax_section (bfd *abfd, asection *sec,
    462 		      struct bfd_link_info *link_info, bool *again)
    463 {
    464   Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
    465   Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs;
    466   bool have_code;
    467   Elf_Internal_Rela *irel, *irelend;
    468   bfd_byte *contents = NULL;
    469   Elf_Internal_Sym *isymbuf = NULL;
    470 
    471   *again = false;
    472 
    473   if (bfd_link_relocatable (link_info)
    474       || (sec->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) == 0
    475       || (sec->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0
    476       || sec->reloc_count == 0)
    477     return true;
    478 
    479   symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (abfd);
    480 
    481   internal_relocs = (_bfd_elf_link_read_relocs
    482 		     (abfd, sec, NULL, (Elf_Internal_Rela *) NULL,
    483 		      link_info->keep_memory));
    484   if (internal_relocs == NULL)
    485     goto error_return;
    486 
    487   have_code = false;
    488 
    489   irelend = internal_relocs + sec->reloc_count;
    490   for (irel = internal_relocs; irel < irelend; irel++)
    491     {
    492       bfd_vma laddr, paddr, symval;
    493       unsigned short insn;
    494       Elf_Internal_Rela *irelfn, *irelscan, *irelcount;
    495       bfd_signed_vma foff;
    496 
    497       if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) == (int) R_SH_CODE)
    498 	have_code = true;
    499 
    500       if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) != (int) R_SH_USES)
    501 	continue;
    502 
    503       /* Get the section contents.  */
    504       if (contents == NULL)
    505 	{
    506 	  if (elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != NULL)
    507 	    contents = elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents;
    508 	  else
    509 	    {
    510 	      if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, sec, &contents))
    511 		goto error_return;
    512 	    }
    513 	}
    514 
    515       /* The r_addend field of the R_SH_USES reloc will point us to
    516 	 the register load.  The 4 is because the r_addend field is
    517 	 computed as though it were a jump offset, which are based
    518 	 from 4 bytes after the jump instruction.  */
    519       laddr = irel->r_offset + 4 + irel->r_addend;
    520       if (laddr >= sec->size)
    521 	{
    522 	  /* xgettext:c-format */
    523 	  _bfd_error_handler
    524 	    (_("%pB: %#" PRIx64 ": warning: bad R_SH_USES offset"),
    525 	     abfd, (uint64_t) irel->r_offset);
    526 	  continue;
    527 	}
    528       insn = bfd_get_16 (abfd, contents + laddr);
    529 
    530       /* If the instruction is not mov.l NN,rN, we don't know what to
    531 	 do.  */
    532       if ((insn & 0xf000) != 0xd000)
    533 	{
    534 	  _bfd_error_handler
    535 	    /* xgettext:c-format */
    536 	    (_("%pB: %#" PRIx64 ": warning: "
    537 	       "R_SH_USES points to unrecognized insn 0x%x"),
    538 	     abfd, (uint64_t) irel->r_offset, insn);
    539 	  continue;
    540 	}
    541 
    542       /* Get the address from which the register is being loaded.  The
    543 	 displacement in the mov.l instruction is quadrupled.  It is a
    544 	 displacement from four bytes after the movl instruction, but,
    545 	 before adding in the PC address, two least significant bits
    546 	 of the PC are cleared.  We assume that the section is aligned
    547 	 on a four byte boundary.  */
    548       paddr = insn & 0xff;
    549       paddr *= 4;
    550       paddr += (laddr + 4) &~ (bfd_vma) 3;
    551       if (paddr >= sec->size)
    552 	{
    553 	  _bfd_error_handler
    554 	    /* xgettext:c-format */
    555 	    (_("%pB: %#" PRIx64 ": warning: bad R_SH_USES load offset"),
    556 	     abfd, (uint64_t) irel->r_offset);
    557 	  continue;
    558 	}
    559 
    560       /* Get the reloc for the address from which the register is
    561 	 being loaded.  This reloc will tell us which function is
    562 	 actually being called.  */
    563       for (irelfn = internal_relocs; irelfn < irelend; irelfn++)
    564 	if (irelfn->r_offset == paddr
    565 	    && ELF32_R_TYPE (irelfn->r_info) == (int) R_SH_DIR32)
    566 	  break;
    567       if (irelfn >= irelend)
    568 	{
    569 	  _bfd_error_handler
    570 	    /* xgettext:c-format */
    571 	    (_("%pB: %#" PRIx64 ": warning: could not find expected reloc"),
    572 	     abfd, (uint64_t) paddr);
    573 	  continue;
    574 	}
    575 
    576       /* Read this BFD's symbols if we haven't done so already.  */
    577       if (isymbuf == NULL && symtab_hdr->sh_info != 0)
    578 	{
    579 	  isymbuf = (Elf_Internal_Sym *) symtab_hdr->contents;
    580 	  if (isymbuf == NULL)
    581 	    isymbuf = bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd, symtab_hdr,
    582 					    symtab_hdr->sh_info, 0,
    583 					    NULL, NULL, NULL);
    584 	  if (isymbuf == NULL)
    585 	    goto error_return;
    586 	}
    587 
    588       /* Get the value of the symbol referred to by the reloc.  */
    589       if (ELF32_R_SYM (irelfn->r_info) < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
    590 	{
    591 	  /* A local symbol.  */
    592 	  Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
    593 
    594 	  isym = isymbuf + ELF32_R_SYM (irelfn->r_info);
    595 	  if (isym->st_shndx
    596 	      != (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, sec))
    597 	    {
    598 	      _bfd_error_handler
    599 		/* xgettext:c-format */
    600 		(_("%pB: %#" PRIx64 ": warning: symbol in unexpected section"),
    601 		 abfd, (uint64_t) paddr);
    602 	      continue;
    603 	    }
    604 
    605 	  symval = (isym->st_value
    606 		    + sec->output_section->vma
    607 		    + sec->output_offset);
    608 	}
    609       else
    610 	{
    611 	  unsigned long indx;
    612 	  struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
    613 
    614 	  indx = ELF32_R_SYM (irelfn->r_info) - symtab_hdr->sh_info;
    615 	  h = elf_sym_hashes (abfd)[indx];
    616 	  BFD_ASSERT (h != NULL);
    617 	  if (h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_defined
    618 	      && h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_defweak)
    619 	    {
    620 	      /* This appears to be a reference to an undefined
    621 		 symbol.  Just ignore it--it will be caught by the
    622 		 regular reloc processing.  */
    623 	      continue;
    624 	    }
    625 
    626 	  symval = (h->root.u.def.value
    627 		    + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
    628 		    + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset);
    629 	}
    630 
    631       if (get_howto_table (abfd)[R_SH_DIR32].partial_inplace)
    632 	symval += bfd_get_32 (abfd, contents + paddr);
    633       else
    634 	symval += irelfn->r_addend;
    635 
    636       /* See if this function call can be shortened.  */
    637       foff = (symval
    638 	      - (irel->r_offset
    639 		 + sec->output_section->vma
    640 		 + sec->output_offset
    641 		 + 4));
    642       /* A branch to an address beyond ours might be increased by an
    643 	 .align that doesn't move when bytes behind us are deleted.
    644 	 So, we add some slop in this calculation to allow for
    645 	 that.  */
    646       if (foff < -0x1000 || foff >= 0x1000 - 8)
    647 	{
    648 	  /* After all that work, we can't shorten this function call.  */
    649 	  continue;
    650 	}
    651 
    652       /* Shorten the function call.  */
    653 
    654       /* For simplicity of coding, we are going to modify the section
    655 	 contents, the section relocs, and the BFD symbol table.  We
    656 	 must tell the rest of the code not to free up this
    657 	 information.  It would be possible to instead create a table
    658 	 of changes which have to be made, as is done in coff-mips.c;
    659 	 that would be more work, but would require less memory when
    660 	 the linker is run.  */
    661 
    662       elf_section_data (sec)->relocs = internal_relocs;
    663       elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents = contents;
    664       symtab_hdr->contents = (unsigned char *) isymbuf;
    665 
    666       /* Replace the jmp/jsr with a bra/bsr.  */
    667 
    668       /* Change the R_SH_USES reloc into an R_SH_IND12W reloc, and
    669 	 replace the jmp/jsr with a bra/bsr.  */
    670       irel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (ELF32_R_SYM (irelfn->r_info), R_SH_IND12W);
    671       /* We used to test (ELF32_R_SYM (irelfn->r_info) < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
    672 	 here, but that only checks if the symbol is an external symbol,
    673 	 not if the symbol is in a different section.  Besides, we need
    674 	 a consistent meaning for the relocation, so we just assume here that
    675 	 the value of the symbol is not available.  */
    676 
    677       /* We can't fully resolve this yet, because the external
    678 	 symbol value may be changed by future relaxing.  We let
    679 	 the final link phase handle it.  */
    680       if (bfd_get_16 (abfd, contents + irel->r_offset) & 0x0020)
    681 	bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) 0xa000, contents + irel->r_offset);
    682       else
    683 	bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) 0xb000, contents + irel->r_offset);
    684 
    685       irel->r_addend = -4;
    686 
    687       /* When we calculated the symbol "value" we had an offset in the
    688 	 DIR32's word in memory (we read and add it above).  However,
    689 	 the jsr we create does NOT have this offset encoded, so we
    690 	 have to add it to the addend to preserve it.  */
    691       irel->r_addend += bfd_get_32 (abfd, contents + paddr);
    692 
    693       /* See if there is another R_SH_USES reloc referring to the same
    694 	 register load.  */
    695       for (irelscan = internal_relocs; irelscan < irelend; irelscan++)
    696 	if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irelscan->r_info) == (int) R_SH_USES
    697 	    && laddr == irelscan->r_offset + 4 + irelscan->r_addend)
    698 	  break;
    699       if (irelscan < irelend)
    700 	{
    701 	  /* Some other function call depends upon this register load,
    702 	     and we have not yet converted that function call.
    703 	     Indeed, we may never be able to convert it.  There is
    704 	     nothing else we can do at this point.  */
    705 	  continue;
    706 	}
    707 
    708       /* Look for a R_SH_COUNT reloc on the location where the
    709 	 function address is stored.  Do this before deleting any
    710 	 bytes, to avoid confusion about the address.  */
    711       for (irelcount = internal_relocs; irelcount < irelend; irelcount++)
    712 	if (irelcount->r_offset == paddr
    713 	    && ELF32_R_TYPE (irelcount->r_info) == (int) R_SH_COUNT)
    714 	  break;
    715 
    716       /* Delete the register load.  */
    717       if (! sh_elf_relax_delete_bytes (abfd, sec, laddr, 2))
    718 	goto error_return;
    719 
    720       /* That will change things, so, just in case it permits some
    721 	 other function call to come within range, we should relax
    722 	 again.  Note that this is not required, and it may be slow.  */
    723       *again = true;
    724 
    725       /* Now check whether we got a COUNT reloc.  */
    726       if (irelcount >= irelend)
    727 	{
    728 	  _bfd_error_handler
    729 	    /* xgettext:c-format */
    730 	    (_("%pB: %#" PRIx64 ": warning: "
    731 	       "could not find expected COUNT reloc"),
    732 	     abfd, (uint64_t) paddr);
    733 	  continue;
    734 	}
    735 
    736       /* The number of uses is stored in the r_addend field.  We've
    737 	 just deleted one.  */
    738       if (irelcount->r_addend == 0)
    739 	{
    740 	  /* xgettext:c-format */
    741 	  _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: %#" PRIx64 ": warning: bad count"),
    742 			      abfd, (uint64_t) paddr);
    743 	  continue;
    744 	}
    745 
    746       --irelcount->r_addend;
    747 
    748       /* If there are no more uses, we can delete the address.  Reload
    749 	 the address from irelfn, in case it was changed by the
    750 	 previous call to sh_elf_relax_delete_bytes.  */
    751       if (irelcount->r_addend == 0)
    752 	{
    753 	  if (! sh_elf_relax_delete_bytes (abfd, sec, irelfn->r_offset, 4))
    754 	    goto error_return;
    755 	}
    756 
    757       /* We've done all we can with that function call.  */
    758     }
    759 
    760   /* Look for load and store instructions that we can align on four
    761      byte boundaries.  */
    762   if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_SH_MACH_MASK) != EF_SH4
    763       && have_code)
    764     {
    765       bool swapped;
    766 
    767       /* Get the section contents.  */
    768       if (contents == NULL)
    769 	{
    770 	  if (elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != NULL)
    771 	    contents = elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents;
    772 	  else
    773 	    {
    774 	      if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, sec, &contents))
    775 		goto error_return;
    776 	    }
    777 	}
    778 
    779       if (! sh_elf_align_loads (abfd, sec, internal_relocs, contents,
    780 				&swapped))
    781 	goto error_return;
    782 
    783       if (swapped)
    784 	{
    785 	  elf_section_data (sec)->relocs = internal_relocs;
    786 	  elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents = contents;
    787 	  symtab_hdr->contents = (unsigned char *) isymbuf;
    788 	}
    789     }
    790 
    791   if (isymbuf != NULL
    792       && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) isymbuf)
    793     {
    794       if (! link_info->keep_memory)
    795 	free (isymbuf);
    796       else
    797 	{
    798 	  /* Cache the symbols for elf_link_input_bfd.  */
    799 	  symtab_hdr->contents = (unsigned char *) isymbuf;
    800 	}
    801     }
    802 
    803   if (contents != NULL
    804       && elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != contents)
    805     {
    806       if (! link_info->keep_memory)
    807 	free (contents);
    808       else
    809 	{
    810 	  /* Cache the section contents for elf_link_input_bfd.  */
    811 	  elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents = contents;
    812 	}
    813     }
    814 
    815   if (elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != internal_relocs)
    816     free (internal_relocs);
    817 
    818   return true;
    819 
    820  error_return:
    821   if (symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) isymbuf)
    822     free (isymbuf);
    823   if (elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != contents)
    824     free (contents);
    825   if (elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != internal_relocs)
    826     free (internal_relocs);
    827 
    828   return false;
    829 }
    830 
    831 /* Delete some bytes from a section while relaxing.  FIXME: There is a
    832    lot of duplication between this function and sh_relax_delete_bytes
    833    in coff-sh.c.  */
    834 
    835 static bool
    836 sh_elf_relax_delete_bytes (bfd *abfd, asection *sec, bfd_vma addr,
    837 			   int count)
    838 {
    839   Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
    840   unsigned int sec_shndx;
    841   bfd_byte *contents;
    842   Elf_Internal_Rela *irel, *irelend;
    843   Elf_Internal_Rela *irelalign;
    844   bfd_vma toaddr;
    845   Elf_Internal_Sym *isymbuf, *isym, *isymend;
    846   struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
    847   struct elf_link_hash_entry **end_hashes;
    848   unsigned int symcount;
    849   asection *o;
    850 
    851   symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (abfd);
    852   isymbuf = (Elf_Internal_Sym *) symtab_hdr->contents;
    853 
    854   sec_shndx = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, sec);
    855 
    856   contents = elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents;
    857 
    858   /* The deletion must stop at the next ALIGN reloc for an alignment
    859      power larger than the number of bytes we are deleting.  */
    860 
    861   irelalign = NULL;
    862   toaddr = sec->size;
    863 
    864   irel = elf_section_data (sec)->relocs;
    865   irelend = irel + sec->reloc_count;
    866   for (; irel < irelend; irel++)
    867     {
    868       if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) == (int) R_SH_ALIGN
    869 	  && irel->r_offset > addr
    870 	  && count < (1 << irel->r_addend))
    871 	{
    872 	  irelalign = irel;
    873 	  toaddr = irel->r_offset;
    874 	  break;
    875 	}
    876     }
    877 
    878   /* Actually delete the bytes.  */
    879   memmove (contents + addr, contents + addr + count,
    880 	   (size_t) (toaddr - addr - count));
    881   if (irelalign == NULL)
    882     sec->size -= count;
    883   else
    884     {
    885       int i;
    886 
    887 #define NOP_OPCODE (0x0009)
    888 
    889       BFD_ASSERT ((count & 1) == 0);
    890       for (i = 0; i < count; i += 2)
    891 	bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) NOP_OPCODE, contents + toaddr - count + i);
    892     }
    893 
    894   /* Adjust all the relocs.  */
    895   for (irel = elf_section_data (sec)->relocs; irel < irelend; irel++)
    896     {
    897       bfd_vma nraddr, stop;
    898       bfd_vma start = 0;
    899       int insn = 0;
    900       int off, adjust, oinsn;
    901       bfd_signed_vma voff = 0;
    902       bool overflow;
    903 
    904       /* Get the new reloc address.  */
    905       nraddr = irel->r_offset;
    906       if ((irel->r_offset > addr
    907 	   && irel->r_offset < toaddr)
    908 	  || (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) == (int) R_SH_ALIGN
    909 	      && irel->r_offset == toaddr))
    910 	nraddr -= count;
    911 
    912       /* See if this reloc was for the bytes we have deleted, in which
    913 	 case we no longer care about it.  Don't delete relocs which
    914 	 represent addresses, though.  */
    915       if (irel->r_offset >= addr
    916 	  && irel->r_offset < addr + count
    917 	  && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) != (int) R_SH_ALIGN
    918 	  && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) != (int) R_SH_CODE
    919 	  && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) != (int) R_SH_DATA
    920 	  && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) != (int) R_SH_LABEL)
    921 	irel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info),
    922 				     (int) R_SH_NONE);
    923 
    924       /* If this is a PC relative reloc, see if the range it covers
    925 	 includes the bytes we have deleted.  */
    926       switch ((enum elf_sh_reloc_type) ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info))
    927 	{
    928 	default:
    929 	  break;
    930 
    931 	case R_SH_DIR8WPN:
    932 	case R_SH_IND12W:
    933 	case R_SH_DIR8WPZ:
    934 	case R_SH_DIR8WPL:
    935 	  start = irel->r_offset;
    936 	  insn = bfd_get_16 (abfd, contents + nraddr);
    937 	  break;
    938 	}
    939 
    940       switch ((enum elf_sh_reloc_type) ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info))
    941 	{
    942 	default:
    943 	  start = stop = addr;
    944 	  break;
    945 
    946 	case R_SH_DIR32:
    947 	  /* If this reloc is against a symbol defined in this
    948 	     section, and the symbol will not be adjusted below, we
    949 	     must check the addend to see it will put the value in
    950 	     range to be adjusted, and hence must be changed.  */
    951 	  if (ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info) < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
    952 	    {
    953 	      isym = isymbuf + ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info);
    954 	      if (isym->st_shndx == sec_shndx
    955 		  && (isym->st_value <= addr
    956 		      || isym->st_value >= toaddr))
    957 		{
    958 		  bfd_vma val;
    959 
    960 		  if (get_howto_table (abfd)[R_SH_DIR32].partial_inplace)
    961 		    {
    962 		      val = bfd_get_32 (abfd, contents + nraddr);
    963 		      val += isym->st_value;
    964 		      if (val > addr && val < toaddr)
    965 			bfd_put_32 (abfd, val - count, contents + nraddr);
    966 		    }
    967 		  else
    968 		    {
    969 		      val = isym->st_value + irel->r_addend;
    970 		      if (val > addr && val < toaddr)
    971 			irel->r_addend -= count;
    972 		    }
    973 		}
    974 	    }
    975 	  start = stop = addr;
    976 	  break;
    977 
    978 	case R_SH_DIR8WPN:
    979 	  off = insn & 0xff;
    980 	  if (off & 0x80)
    981 	    off -= 0x100;
    982 	  stop = (bfd_vma) ((bfd_signed_vma) start + 4 + off * 2);
    983 	  break;
    984 
    985 	case R_SH_IND12W:
    986 	  off = insn & 0xfff;
    987 	  if (! off)
    988 	    {
    989 	      /* This has been made by previous relaxation.  Since the
    990 		 relocation will be against an external symbol, the
    991 		 final relocation will just do the right thing.  */
    992 	      start = stop = addr;
    993 	    }
    994 	  else
    995 	    {
    996 	      if (off & 0x800)
    997 		off -= 0x1000;
    998 	      stop = (bfd_vma) ((bfd_signed_vma) start + 4 + off * 2);
    999 
   1000 	      /* The addend will be against the section symbol, thus
   1001 		 for adjusting the addend, the relevant start is the
   1002 		 start of the section.
   1003 		 N.B. If we want to abandon in-place changes here and
   1004 		 test directly using symbol + addend, we have to take into
   1005 		 account that the addend has already been adjusted by -4.  */
   1006 	      if (stop > addr && stop < toaddr)
   1007 		irel->r_addend -= count;
   1008 	    }
   1009 	  break;
   1010 
   1011 	case R_SH_DIR8WPZ:
   1012 	  off = insn & 0xff;
   1013 	  stop = start + 4 + off * 2;
   1014 	  break;
   1015 
   1016 	case R_SH_DIR8WPL:
   1017 	  off = insn & 0xff;
   1018 	  stop = (start & ~(bfd_vma) 3) + 4 + off * 4;
   1019 	  break;
   1020 
   1021 	case R_SH_SWITCH8:
   1022 	case R_SH_SWITCH16:
   1023 	case R_SH_SWITCH32:
   1024 	  /* These relocs types represent
   1025 	       .word L2-L1
   1026 	     The r_addend field holds the difference between the reloc
   1027 	     address and L1.  That is the start of the reloc, and
   1028 	     adding in the contents gives us the top.  We must adjust
   1029 	     both the r_offset field and the section contents.
   1030 	     N.B. in gas / coff bfd, the elf bfd r_addend is called r_offset,
   1031 	     and the elf bfd r_offset is called r_vaddr.  */
   1032 
   1033 	  stop = irel->r_offset;
   1034 	  start = (bfd_vma) ((bfd_signed_vma) stop - (long) irel->r_addend);
   1035 
   1036 	  if (start > addr
   1037 	      && start < toaddr
   1038 	      && (stop <= addr || stop >= toaddr))
   1039 	    irel->r_addend += count;
   1040 	  else if (stop > addr
   1041 		   && stop < toaddr
   1042 		   && (start <= addr || start >= toaddr))
   1043 	    irel->r_addend -= count;
   1044 
   1045 	  if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) == (int) R_SH_SWITCH16)
   1046 	    voff = bfd_get_signed_16 (abfd, contents + nraddr);
   1047 	  else if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) == (int) R_SH_SWITCH8)
   1048 	    voff = bfd_get_8 (abfd, contents + nraddr);
   1049 	  else
   1050 	    voff = bfd_get_signed_32 (abfd, contents + nraddr);
   1051 	  stop = (bfd_vma) ((bfd_signed_vma) start + voff);
   1052 
   1053 	  break;
   1054 
   1055 	case R_SH_USES:
   1056 	  start = irel->r_offset;
   1057 	  stop = (bfd_vma) ((bfd_signed_vma) start
   1058 			    + (long) irel->r_addend
   1059 			    + 4);
   1060 	  break;
   1061 	}
   1062 
   1063       if (start > addr
   1064 	  && start < toaddr
   1065 	  && (stop <= addr || stop >= toaddr))
   1066 	adjust = count;
   1067       else if (stop > addr
   1068 	       && stop < toaddr
   1069 	       && (start <= addr || start >= toaddr))
   1070 	adjust = - count;
   1071       else
   1072 	adjust = 0;
   1073 
   1074       if (adjust != 0)
   1075 	{
   1076 	  oinsn = insn;
   1077 	  overflow = false;
   1078 	  switch ((enum elf_sh_reloc_type) ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info))
   1079 	    {
   1080 	    default:
   1081 	      abort ();
   1082 	      break;
   1083 
   1084 	    case R_SH_DIR8WPN:
   1085 	    case R_SH_DIR8WPZ:
   1086 	      insn += adjust / 2;
   1087 	      if ((oinsn & 0xff00) != (insn & 0xff00))
   1088 		overflow = true;
   1089 	      bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) insn, contents + nraddr);
   1090 	      break;
   1091 
   1092 	    case R_SH_IND12W:
   1093 	      insn += adjust / 2;
   1094 	      if ((oinsn & 0xf000) != (insn & 0xf000))
   1095 		overflow = true;
   1096 	      bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) insn, contents + nraddr);
   1097 	      break;
   1098 
   1099 	    case R_SH_DIR8WPL:
   1100 	      BFD_ASSERT (adjust == count || count >= 4);
   1101 	      if (count >= 4)
   1102 		insn += adjust / 4;
   1103 	      else
   1104 		{
   1105 		  if ((irel->r_offset & 3) == 0)
   1106 		    ++insn;
   1107 		}
   1108 	      if ((oinsn & 0xff00) != (insn & 0xff00))
   1109 		overflow = true;
   1110 	      bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) insn, contents + nraddr);
   1111 	      break;
   1112 
   1113 	    case R_SH_SWITCH8:
   1114 	      voff += adjust;
   1115 	      if (voff < 0 || voff >= 0xff)
   1116 		overflow = true;
   1117 	      bfd_put_8 (abfd, voff, contents + nraddr);
   1118 	      break;
   1119 
   1120 	    case R_SH_SWITCH16:
   1121 	      voff += adjust;
   1122 	      if (voff < - 0x8000 || voff >= 0x8000)
   1123 		overflow = true;
   1124 	      bfd_put_signed_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) voff, contents + nraddr);
   1125 	      break;
   1126 
   1127 	    case R_SH_SWITCH32:
   1128 	      voff += adjust;
   1129 	      bfd_put_signed_32 (abfd, (bfd_vma) voff, contents + nraddr);
   1130 	      break;
   1131 
   1132 	    case R_SH_USES:
   1133 	      irel->r_addend += adjust;
   1134 	      break;
   1135 	    }
   1136 
   1137 	  if (overflow)
   1138 	    {
   1139 	      _bfd_error_handler
   1140 		/* xgettext:c-format */
   1141 		(_("%pB: %#" PRIx64 ": fatal: reloc overflow while relaxing"),
   1142 		 abfd, (uint64_t) irel->r_offset);
   1143 	      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
   1144 	      return false;
   1145 	    }
   1146 	}
   1147 
   1148       irel->r_offset = nraddr;
   1149     }
   1150 
   1151   /* Look through all the other sections.  If there contain any IMM32
   1152      relocs against internal symbols which we are not going to adjust
   1153      below, we may need to adjust the addends.  */
   1154   for (o = abfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next)
   1155     {
   1156       Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs;
   1157       Elf_Internal_Rela *irelscan, *irelscanend;
   1158       bfd_byte *ocontents;
   1159 
   1160       if (o == sec
   1161 	  || (o->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) == 0
   1162 	  || (o->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0
   1163 	  || o->reloc_count == 0)
   1164 	continue;
   1165 
   1166       /* We always cache the relocs.  Perhaps, if info->keep_memory is
   1167 	 FALSE, we should free them, if we are permitted to, when we
   1168 	 leave sh_coff_relax_section.  */
   1169       internal_relocs = (_bfd_elf_link_read_relocs
   1170 			 (abfd, o, NULL, (Elf_Internal_Rela *) NULL, true));
   1171       if (internal_relocs == NULL)
   1172 	return false;
   1173 
   1174       ocontents = NULL;
   1175       irelscanend = internal_relocs + o->reloc_count;
   1176       for (irelscan = internal_relocs; irelscan < irelscanend; irelscan++)
   1177 	{
   1178 	  /* Dwarf line numbers use R_SH_SWITCH32 relocs.  */
   1179 	  if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irelscan->r_info) == (int) R_SH_SWITCH32)
   1180 	    {
   1181 	      bfd_vma start, stop;
   1182 	      bfd_signed_vma voff;
   1183 
   1184 	      if (ocontents == NULL)
   1185 		{
   1186 		  if (elf_section_data (o)->this_hdr.contents != NULL)
   1187 		    ocontents = elf_section_data (o)->this_hdr.contents;
   1188 		  else
   1189 		    {
   1190 		      /* We always cache the section contents.
   1191 			 Perhaps, if info->keep_memory is FALSE, we
   1192 			 should free them, if we are permitted to,
   1193 			 when we leave sh_coff_relax_section.  */
   1194 		      if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, o, &ocontents))
   1195 			{
   1196 			  free (ocontents);
   1197 			  return false;
   1198 			}
   1199 
   1200 		      elf_section_data (o)->this_hdr.contents = ocontents;
   1201 		    }
   1202 		}
   1203 
   1204 	      stop = irelscan->r_offset;
   1205 	      start
   1206 		= (bfd_vma) ((bfd_signed_vma) stop - (long) irelscan->r_addend);
   1207 
   1208 	      /* STOP is in a different section, so it won't change.  */
   1209 	      if (start > addr && start < toaddr)
   1210 		irelscan->r_addend += count;
   1211 
   1212 	      voff = bfd_get_signed_32 (abfd, ocontents + irelscan->r_offset);
   1213 	      stop = (bfd_vma) ((bfd_signed_vma) start + voff);
   1214 
   1215 	      if (start > addr
   1216 		  && start < toaddr
   1217 		  && (stop <= addr || stop >= toaddr))
   1218 		bfd_put_signed_32 (abfd, (bfd_vma) voff + count,
   1219 				   ocontents + irelscan->r_offset);
   1220 	      else if (stop > addr
   1221 		       && stop < toaddr
   1222 		       && (start <= addr || start >= toaddr))
   1223 		bfd_put_signed_32 (abfd, (bfd_vma) voff - count,
   1224 				   ocontents + irelscan->r_offset);
   1225 	    }
   1226 
   1227 	  if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irelscan->r_info) != (int) R_SH_DIR32)
   1228 	    continue;
   1229 
   1230 	  if (ELF32_R_SYM (irelscan->r_info) >= symtab_hdr->sh_info)
   1231 	    continue;
   1232 
   1233 
   1234 	  isym = isymbuf + ELF32_R_SYM (irelscan->r_info);
   1235 	  if (isym->st_shndx == sec_shndx
   1236 	      && (isym->st_value <= addr
   1237 		  || isym->st_value >= toaddr))
   1238 	    {
   1239 	      bfd_vma val;
   1240 
   1241 	      if (ocontents == NULL)
   1242 		{
   1243 		  if (elf_section_data (o)->this_hdr.contents != NULL)
   1244 		    ocontents = elf_section_data (o)->this_hdr.contents;
   1245 		  else
   1246 		    {
   1247 		      /* We always cache the section contents.
   1248 			 Perhaps, if info->keep_memory is FALSE, we
   1249 			 should free them, if we are permitted to,
   1250 			 when we leave sh_coff_relax_section.  */
   1251 		      if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, o, &ocontents))
   1252 			{
   1253 			  free (ocontents);
   1254 			  return false;
   1255 			}
   1256 
   1257 		      elf_section_data (o)->this_hdr.contents = ocontents;
   1258 		    }
   1259 		}
   1260 
   1261 	      val = bfd_get_32 (abfd, ocontents + irelscan->r_offset);
   1262 	      val += isym->st_value;
   1263 	      if (val > addr && val < toaddr)
   1264 		bfd_put_32 (abfd, val - count,
   1265 			    ocontents + irelscan->r_offset);
   1266 	    }
   1267 	}
   1268     }
   1269 
   1270   /* Adjust the local symbols defined in this section.  */
   1271   isymend = isymbuf + symtab_hdr->sh_info;
   1272   for (isym = isymbuf; isym < isymend; isym++)
   1273     {
   1274       if (isym->st_shndx == sec_shndx
   1275 	  && isym->st_value > addr
   1276 	  && isym->st_value < toaddr)
   1277 	isym->st_value -= count;
   1278     }
   1279 
   1280   /* Now adjust the global symbols defined in this section.  */
   1281   symcount = (symtab_hdr->sh_size / sizeof (Elf32_External_Sym)
   1282 	      - symtab_hdr->sh_info);
   1283   sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd);
   1284   end_hashes = sym_hashes + symcount;
   1285   for (; sym_hashes < end_hashes; sym_hashes++)
   1286     {
   1287       struct elf_link_hash_entry *sym_hash = *sym_hashes;
   1288       if ((sym_hash->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
   1289 	   || sym_hash->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
   1290 	  && sym_hash->root.u.def.section == sec
   1291 	  && sym_hash->root.u.def.value > addr
   1292 	  && sym_hash->root.u.def.value < toaddr)
   1293 	{
   1294 	  sym_hash->root.u.def.value -= count;
   1295 	}
   1296     }
   1297 
   1298   /* See if we can move the ALIGN reloc forward.  We have adjusted
   1299      r_offset for it already.  */
   1300   if (irelalign != NULL)
   1301     {
   1302       bfd_vma alignto, alignaddr;
   1303 
   1304       alignto = BFD_ALIGN (toaddr, 1 << irelalign->r_addend);
   1305       alignaddr = BFD_ALIGN (irelalign->r_offset,
   1306 			     1 << irelalign->r_addend);
   1307       if (alignto != alignaddr)
   1308 	{
   1309 	  /* Tail recursion.  */
   1310 	  return sh_elf_relax_delete_bytes (abfd, sec, alignaddr,
   1311 					    (int) (alignto - alignaddr));
   1312 	}
   1313     }
   1314 
   1315   return true;
   1316 }
   1317 
   1318 /* Look for loads and stores which we can align to four byte
   1319    boundaries.  This is like sh_align_loads in coff-sh.c.  */
   1320 
   1321 static bool
   1322 sh_elf_align_loads (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, asection *sec,
   1323 		    Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs,
   1324 		    bfd_byte *contents ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
   1325 		    bool *pswapped)
   1326 {
   1327   Elf_Internal_Rela *irel, *irelend;
   1328   bfd_vma *labels = NULL;
   1329   bfd_vma *label, *label_end;
   1330   bfd_size_type amt;
   1331 
   1332   *pswapped = false;
   1333 
   1334   irelend = internal_relocs + sec->reloc_count;
   1335 
   1336   /* Get all the addresses with labels on them.  */
   1337   amt = sec->reloc_count;
   1338   amt *= sizeof (bfd_vma);
   1339   labels = (bfd_vma *) bfd_malloc (amt);
   1340   if (labels == NULL)
   1341     goto error_return;
   1342   label_end = labels;
   1343   for (irel = internal_relocs; irel < irelend; irel++)
   1344     {
   1345       if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) == (int) R_SH_LABEL)
   1346 	{
   1347 	  *label_end = irel->r_offset;
   1348 	  ++label_end;
   1349 	}
   1350     }
   1351 
   1352   /* Note that the assembler currently always outputs relocs in
   1353      address order.  If that ever changes, this code will need to sort
   1354      the label values and the relocs.  */
   1355 
   1356   label = labels;
   1357 
   1358   for (irel = internal_relocs; irel < irelend; irel++)
   1359     {
   1360       bfd_vma start, stop;
   1361 
   1362       if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) != (int) R_SH_CODE)
   1363 	continue;
   1364 
   1365       start = irel->r_offset;
   1366 
   1367       for (irel++; irel < irelend; irel++)
   1368 	if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) == (int) R_SH_DATA)
   1369 	  break;
   1370       if (irel < irelend)
   1371 	stop = irel->r_offset;
   1372       else
   1373 	stop = sec->size;
   1374 
   1375       if (! _bfd_sh_align_load_span (abfd, sec, contents, sh_elf_swap_insns,
   1376 				     internal_relocs, &label,
   1377 				     label_end, start, stop, pswapped))
   1378 	goto error_return;
   1379     }
   1380 
   1381   free (labels);
   1382 
   1383   return true;
   1384 
   1385  error_return:
   1386   free (labels);
   1387   return false;
   1388 }
   1389 
   1390 /* Swap two SH instructions.  This is like sh_swap_insns in coff-sh.c.  */
   1391 
   1392 static bool
   1393 sh_elf_swap_insns (bfd *abfd, asection *sec, void *relocs,
   1394 		   bfd_byte *contents, bfd_vma addr)
   1395 {
   1396   Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs = (Elf_Internal_Rela *) relocs;
   1397   unsigned short i1, i2;
   1398   Elf_Internal_Rela *irel, *irelend;
   1399 
   1400   /* Swap the instructions themselves.  */
   1401   i1 = bfd_get_16 (abfd, contents + addr);
   1402   i2 = bfd_get_16 (abfd, contents + addr + 2);
   1403   bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) i2, contents + addr);
   1404   bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) i1, contents + addr + 2);
   1405 
   1406   /* Adjust all reloc addresses.  */
   1407   irelend = internal_relocs + sec->reloc_count;
   1408   for (irel = internal_relocs; irel < irelend; irel++)
   1409     {
   1410       enum elf_sh_reloc_type type;
   1411       int add;
   1412 
   1413       /* There are a few special types of relocs that we don't want to
   1414 	 adjust.  These relocs do not apply to the instruction itself,
   1415 	 but are only associated with the address.  */
   1416       type = (enum elf_sh_reloc_type) ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info);
   1417       if (type == R_SH_ALIGN
   1418 	  || type == R_SH_CODE
   1419 	  || type == R_SH_DATA
   1420 	  || type == R_SH_LABEL)
   1421 	continue;
   1422 
   1423       /* If an R_SH_USES reloc points to one of the addresses being
   1424 	 swapped, we must adjust it.  It would be incorrect to do this
   1425 	 for a jump, though, since we want to execute both
   1426 	 instructions after the jump.  (We have avoided swapping
   1427 	 around a label, so the jump will not wind up executing an
   1428 	 instruction it shouldn't).  */
   1429       if (type == R_SH_USES)
   1430 	{
   1431 	  bfd_vma off;
   1432 
   1433 	  off = irel->r_offset + 4 + irel->r_addend;
   1434 	  if (off == addr)
   1435 	    irel->r_offset += 2;
   1436 	  else if (off == addr + 2)
   1437 	    irel->r_offset -= 2;
   1438 	}
   1439 
   1440       if (irel->r_offset == addr)
   1441 	{
   1442 	  irel->r_offset += 2;
   1443 	  add = -2;
   1444 	}
   1445       else if (irel->r_offset == addr + 2)
   1446 	{
   1447 	  irel->r_offset -= 2;
   1448 	  add = 2;
   1449 	}
   1450       else
   1451 	add = 0;
   1452 
   1453       if (add != 0)
   1454 	{
   1455 	  bfd_byte *loc;
   1456 	  unsigned short insn, oinsn;
   1457 	  bool overflow;
   1458 
   1459 	  loc = contents + irel->r_offset;
   1460 	  overflow = false;
   1461 	  switch (type)
   1462 	    {
   1463 	    default:
   1464 	      break;
   1465 
   1466 	    case R_SH_DIR8WPN:
   1467 	    case R_SH_DIR8WPZ:
   1468 	      insn = bfd_get_16 (abfd, loc);
   1469 	      oinsn = insn;
   1470 	      insn += add / 2;
   1471 	      if ((oinsn & 0xff00) != (insn & 0xff00))
   1472 		overflow = true;
   1473 	      bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) insn, loc);
   1474 	      break;
   1475 
   1476 	    case R_SH_IND12W:
   1477 	      insn = bfd_get_16 (abfd, loc);
   1478 	      oinsn = insn;
   1479 	      insn += add / 2;
   1480 	      if ((oinsn & 0xf000) != (insn & 0xf000))
   1481 		overflow = true;
   1482 	      bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) insn, loc);
   1483 	      break;
   1484 
   1485 	    case R_SH_DIR8WPL:
   1486 	      /* This reloc ignores the least significant 3 bits of
   1487 		 the program counter before adding in the offset.
   1488 		 This means that if ADDR is at an even address, the
   1489 		 swap will not affect the offset.  If ADDR is an at an
   1490 		 odd address, then the instruction will be crossing a
   1491 		 four byte boundary, and must be adjusted.  */
   1492 	      if ((addr & 3) != 0)
   1493 		{
   1494 		  insn = bfd_get_16 (abfd, loc);
   1495 		  oinsn = insn;
   1496 		  insn += add / 2;
   1497 		  if ((oinsn & 0xff00) != (insn & 0xff00))
   1498 		    overflow = true;
   1499 		  bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) insn, loc);
   1500 		}
   1501 
   1502 	      break;
   1503 	    }
   1504 
   1505 	  if (overflow)
   1506 	    {
   1507 	      _bfd_error_handler
   1508 		/* xgettext:c-format */
   1509 		(_("%pB: %#" PRIx64 ": fatal: reloc overflow while relaxing"),
   1510 		 abfd, (uint64_t) irel->r_offset);
   1511 	      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
   1512 	      return false;
   1513 	    }
   1514 	}
   1515     }
   1516 
   1517   return true;
   1518 }
   1519 
   1520 /* Describes one of the various PLT styles.  */
   1522 
   1523 struct elf_sh_plt_info
   1524 {
   1525   /* The template for the first PLT entry, or NULL if there is no special
   1526      first entry.  */
   1527   const bfd_byte *plt0_entry;
   1528 
   1529   /* The size of PLT0_ENTRY in bytes, or 0 if PLT0_ENTRY is NULL.  */
   1530   bfd_vma plt0_entry_size;
   1531 
   1532   /* Index I is the offset into PLT0_ENTRY of a pointer to
   1533      _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ + I * 4.  The value is MINUS_ONE
   1534      if there is no such pointer.  */
   1535   bfd_vma plt0_got_fields[3];
   1536 
   1537   /* The template for a symbol's PLT entry.  */
   1538   const bfd_byte *symbol_entry;
   1539 
   1540   /* The size of SYMBOL_ENTRY in bytes.  */
   1541   bfd_vma symbol_entry_size;
   1542 
   1543   /* Byte offsets of fields in SYMBOL_ENTRY.  Not all fields are used
   1544      on all targets.  The comments by each member indicate the value
   1545      that the field must hold.  */
   1546   struct {
   1547     bfd_vma got_entry; /* the address of the symbol's .got.plt entry */
   1548     bfd_vma plt; /* .plt (or a branch to .plt on VxWorks) */
   1549     bfd_vma reloc_offset; /* the offset of the symbol's JMP_SLOT reloc */
   1550     bool got20; /* TRUE if got_entry points to a movi20 instruction
   1551 		   (instead of a constant pool entry).  */
   1552   } symbol_fields;
   1553 
   1554   /* The offset of the resolver stub from the start of SYMBOL_ENTRY.  */
   1555   bfd_vma symbol_resolve_offset;
   1556 
   1557   /* A different PLT layout which can be used for the first
   1558      MAX_SHORT_PLT entries.  It must share the same plt0.  NULL in
   1559      other cases.  */
   1560   const struct elf_sh_plt_info *short_plt;
   1561 };
   1562 
   1563 /* The size in bytes of an entry in the procedure linkage table.  */
   1564 
   1565 #define ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 28
   1566 
   1567 /* First entry in an absolute procedure linkage table look like this.  */
   1568 
   1569 /* Note - this code has been "optimised" not to use r2.  r2 is used by
   1570    GCC to return the address of large structures, so it should not be
   1571    corrupted here.  This does mean however, that this PLT does not conform
   1572    to the SH PIC ABI.  That spec says that r0 contains the type of the PLT
   1573    and r2 contains the GOT id.  This version stores the GOT id in r0 and
   1574    ignores the type.  Loaders can easily detect this difference however,
   1575    since the type will always be 0 or 8, and the GOT ids will always be
   1576    greater than or equal to 12.  */
   1577 static const bfd_byte elf_sh_plt0_entry_be[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
   1578 {
   1579   0xd0, 0x05,	/* mov.l 2f,r0 */
   1580   0x60, 0x02,	/* mov.l @r0,r0 */
   1581   0x2f, 0x06,	/* mov.l r0,@-r15 */
   1582   0xd0, 0x03,	/* mov.l 1f,r0 */
   1583   0x60, 0x02,	/* mov.l @r0,r0 */
   1584   0x40, 0x2b,	/* jmp @r0 */
   1585   0x60, 0xf6,	/*  mov.l @r15+,r0 */
   1586   0x00, 0x09,	/* nop */
   1587   0x00, 0x09,	/* nop */
   1588   0x00, 0x09,	/* nop */
   1589   0, 0, 0, 0,	/* 1: replaced with address of .got.plt + 8.  */
   1590   0, 0, 0, 0,	/* 2: replaced with address of .got.plt + 4.  */
   1591 };
   1592 
   1593 static const bfd_byte elf_sh_plt0_entry_le[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
   1594 {
   1595   0x05, 0xd0,	/* mov.l 2f,r0 */
   1596   0x02, 0x60,	/* mov.l @r0,r0 */
   1597   0x06, 0x2f,	/* mov.l r0,@-r15 */
   1598   0x03, 0xd0,	/* mov.l 1f,r0 */
   1599   0x02, 0x60,	/* mov.l @r0,r0 */
   1600   0x2b, 0x40,	/* jmp @r0 */
   1601   0xf6, 0x60,	/*  mov.l @r15+,r0 */
   1602   0x09, 0x00,	/* nop */
   1603   0x09, 0x00,	/* nop */
   1604   0x09, 0x00,	/* nop */
   1605   0, 0, 0, 0,	/* 1: replaced with address of .got.plt + 8.  */
   1606   0, 0, 0, 0,	/* 2: replaced with address of .got.plt + 4.  */
   1607 };
   1608 
   1609 /* Sebsequent entries in an absolute procedure linkage table look like
   1610    this.  */
   1611 
   1612 static const bfd_byte elf_sh_plt_entry_be[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
   1613 {
   1614   0xd0, 0x04,	/* mov.l 1f,r0 */
   1615   0x60, 0x02,	/* mov.l @(r0,r12),r0 */
   1616   0xd1, 0x02,	/* mov.l 0f,r1 */
   1617   0x40, 0x2b,   /* jmp @r0 */
   1618   0x60, 0x13,	/*  mov r1,r0 */
   1619   0xd1, 0x03,	/* mov.l 2f,r1 */
   1620   0x40, 0x2b,	/* jmp @r0 */
   1621   0x00, 0x09,	/* nop */
   1622   0, 0, 0, 0,	/* 0: replaced with address of .PLT0.  */
   1623   0, 0, 0, 0,	/* 1: replaced with address of this symbol in .got.  */
   1624   0, 0, 0, 0,	/* 2: replaced with offset into relocation table.  */
   1625 };
   1626 
   1627 static const bfd_byte elf_sh_plt_entry_le[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
   1628 {
   1629   0x04, 0xd0,	/* mov.l 1f,r0 */
   1630   0x02, 0x60,	/* mov.l @r0,r0 */
   1631   0x02, 0xd1,	/* mov.l 0f,r1 */
   1632   0x2b, 0x40,   /* jmp @r0 */
   1633   0x13, 0x60,	/*  mov r1,r0 */
   1634   0x03, 0xd1,	/* mov.l 2f,r1 */
   1635   0x2b, 0x40,	/* jmp @r0 */
   1636   0x09, 0x00,	/*  nop */
   1637   0, 0, 0, 0,	/* 0: replaced with address of .PLT0.  */
   1638   0, 0, 0, 0,	/* 1: replaced with address of this symbol in .got.  */
   1639   0, 0, 0, 0,	/* 2: replaced with offset into relocation table.  */
   1640 };
   1641 
   1642 /* Entries in a PIC procedure linkage table look like this.  */
   1643 
   1644 static const bfd_byte elf_sh_pic_plt_entry_be[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
   1645 {
   1646   0xd0, 0x04,	/* mov.l 1f,r0 */
   1647   0x00, 0xce,	/* mov.l @(r0,r12),r0 */
   1648   0x40, 0x2b,	/* jmp @r0 */
   1649   0x00, 0x09,	/*  nop */
   1650   0x50, 0xc2,	/* mov.l @(8,r12),r0 */
   1651   0xd1, 0x03,	/* mov.l 2f,r1 */
   1652   0x40, 0x2b,	/* jmp @r0 */
   1653   0x50, 0xc1,	/*  mov.l @(4,r12),r0 */
   1654   0x00, 0x09,	/* nop */
   1655   0x00, 0x09,	/* nop */
   1656   0, 0, 0, 0,	/* 1: replaced with address of this symbol in .got.  */
   1657   0, 0, 0, 0    /* 2: replaced with offset into relocation table.  */
   1658 };
   1659 
   1660 static const bfd_byte elf_sh_pic_plt_entry_le[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
   1661 {
   1662   0x04, 0xd0,	/* mov.l 1f,r0 */
   1663   0xce, 0x00,	/* mov.l @(r0,r12),r0 */
   1664   0x2b, 0x40,	/* jmp @r0 */
   1665   0x09, 0x00,	/*  nop */
   1666   0xc2, 0x50,	/* mov.l @(8,r12),r0 */
   1667   0x03, 0xd1,	/* mov.l 2f,r1 */
   1668   0x2b, 0x40,	/* jmp @r0 */
   1669   0xc1, 0x50,	/*  mov.l @(4,r12),r0 */
   1670   0x09, 0x00,	/*  nop */
   1671   0x09, 0x00,	/* nop */
   1672   0, 0, 0, 0,	/* 1: replaced with address of this symbol in .got.  */
   1673   0, 0, 0, 0    /* 2: replaced with offset into relocation table.  */
   1674 };
   1675 
   1676 static const struct elf_sh_plt_info elf_sh_plts[2][2] = {
   1677   {
   1678     {
   1679       /* Big-endian non-PIC.  */
   1680       elf_sh_plt0_entry_be,
   1681       ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
   1682       { MINUS_ONE, 24, 20 },
   1683       elf_sh_plt_entry_be,
   1684       ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
   1685       { 20, 16, 24, false },
   1686       8,
   1687       NULL
   1688     },
   1689     {
   1690       /* Little-endian non-PIC.  */
   1691       elf_sh_plt0_entry_le,
   1692       ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
   1693       { MINUS_ONE, 24, 20 },
   1694       elf_sh_plt_entry_le,
   1695       ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
   1696       { 20, 16, 24, false },
   1697       8,
   1698       NULL
   1699     },
   1700   },
   1701   {
   1702     {
   1703       /* Big-endian PIC.  */
   1704       elf_sh_plt0_entry_be,
   1705       ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
   1706       { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
   1707       elf_sh_pic_plt_entry_be,
   1708       ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
   1709       { 20, MINUS_ONE, 24, false },
   1710       8,
   1711       NULL
   1712     },
   1713     {
   1714       /* Little-endian PIC.  */
   1715       elf_sh_plt0_entry_le,
   1716       ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
   1717       { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
   1718       elf_sh_pic_plt_entry_le,
   1719       ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
   1720       { 20, MINUS_ONE, 24, false },
   1721       8,
   1722       NULL
   1723     },
   1724   }
   1725 };
   1726 
   1727 #define VXWORKS_PLT_HEADER_SIZE 12
   1728 #define VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 24
   1729 
   1730 static const bfd_byte vxworks_sh_plt0_entry_be[VXWORKS_PLT_HEADER_SIZE] =
   1731 {
   1732   0xd1, 0x01,	/* mov.l @(8,pc),r1 */
   1733   0x61, 0x12,	/* mov.l @r1,r1 */
   1734   0x41, 0x2b,	/* jmp @r1 */
   1735   0x00, 0x09,	/* nop */
   1736   0, 0, 0, 0	/* 0: replaced with _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE+8.  */
   1737 };
   1738 
   1739 static const bfd_byte vxworks_sh_plt0_entry_le[VXWORKS_PLT_HEADER_SIZE] =
   1740 {
   1741   0x01, 0xd1,	/* mov.l @(8,pc),r1 */
   1742   0x12, 0x61,	/* mov.l @r1,r1 */
   1743   0x2b, 0x41,	/* jmp @r1 */
   1744   0x09, 0x00,	/* nop */
   1745   0, 0, 0, 0	/* 0: replaced with _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE+8.  */
   1746 };
   1747 
   1748 static const bfd_byte vxworks_sh_plt_entry_be[VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
   1749 {
   1750   0xd0, 0x01,	/* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */
   1751   0x60, 0x02,	/* mov.l @r0,r0 */
   1752   0x40, 0x2b,	/* jmp @r0 */
   1753   0x00, 0x09,	/* nop */
   1754   0, 0, 0, 0,	/* 0: replaced with address of this symbol in .got.  */
   1755   0xd0, 0x01,	/* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */
   1756   0xa0, 0x00,	/* bra PLT (We need to fix the offset.)  */
   1757   0x00, 0x09,	/* nop */
   1758   0x00, 0x09,	/* nop */
   1759   0, 0, 0, 0,	/* 1: replaced with offset into relocation table.  */
   1760 };
   1761 
   1762 static const bfd_byte vxworks_sh_plt_entry_le[VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
   1763 {
   1764   0x01, 0xd0,	/* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */
   1765   0x02, 0x60,	/* mov.l @r0,r0 */
   1766   0x2b, 0x40,	/* jmp @r0 */
   1767   0x09, 0x00,	/* nop */
   1768   0, 0, 0, 0,	/* 0: replaced with address of this symbol in .got.  */
   1769   0x01, 0xd0,	/* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */
   1770   0x00, 0xa0,	/* bra PLT (We need to fix the offset.)  */
   1771   0x09, 0x00,	/* nop */
   1772   0x09, 0x00,	/* nop */
   1773   0, 0, 0, 0,	/* 1: replaced with offset into relocation table.  */
   1774 };
   1775 
   1776 static const bfd_byte vxworks_sh_pic_plt_entry_be[VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
   1777 {
   1778   0xd0, 0x01,	/* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */
   1779   0x00, 0xce,	/* mov.l @(r0,r12),r0 */
   1780   0x40, 0x2b,	/* jmp @r0 */
   1781   0x00, 0x09,	/* nop */
   1782   0, 0, 0, 0,	/* 0: replaced with offset of this symbol in .got.  */
   1783   0xd0, 0x01,	/* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */
   1784   0x51, 0xc2,	/* mov.l @(8,r12),r1 */
   1785   0x41, 0x2b,	/* jmp @r1 */
   1786   0x00, 0x09,	/* nop */
   1787   0, 0, 0, 0,	/* 1: replaced with offset into relocation table.  */
   1788 };
   1789 
   1790 static const bfd_byte vxworks_sh_pic_plt_entry_le[VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
   1791 {
   1792   0x01, 0xd0,	/* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */
   1793   0xce, 0x00,	/* mov.l @(r0,r12),r0 */
   1794   0x2b, 0x40,	/* jmp @r0 */
   1795   0x09, 0x00,	/* nop */
   1796   0, 0, 0, 0,	/* 0: replaced with offset of this symbol in .got.  */
   1797   0x01, 0xd0,	/* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */
   1798   0xc2, 0x51,	/* mov.l @(8,r12),r1 */
   1799   0x2b, 0x41,	/* jmp @r1 */
   1800   0x09, 0x00,	/* nop */
   1801   0, 0, 0, 0,	/* 1: replaced with offset into relocation table.  */
   1802 };
   1803 
   1804 static const struct elf_sh_plt_info vxworks_sh_plts[2][2] = {
   1805   {
   1806     {
   1807       /* Big-endian non-PIC.  */
   1808       vxworks_sh_plt0_entry_be,
   1809       VXWORKS_PLT_HEADER_SIZE,
   1810       { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, 8 },
   1811       vxworks_sh_plt_entry_be,
   1812       VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
   1813       { 8, 14, 20, false },
   1814       12,
   1815       NULL
   1816     },
   1817     {
   1818       /* Little-endian non-PIC.  */
   1819       vxworks_sh_plt0_entry_le,
   1820       VXWORKS_PLT_HEADER_SIZE,
   1821       { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, 8 },
   1822       vxworks_sh_plt_entry_le,
   1823       VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
   1824       { 8, 14, 20, false },
   1825       12,
   1826       NULL
   1827     },
   1828   },
   1829   {
   1830     {
   1831       /* Big-endian PIC.  */
   1832       NULL,
   1833       0,
   1834       { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
   1835       vxworks_sh_pic_plt_entry_be,
   1836       VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
   1837       { 8, MINUS_ONE, 20, false },
   1838       12,
   1839       NULL
   1840     },
   1841     {
   1842       /* Little-endian PIC.  */
   1843       NULL,
   1844       0,
   1845       { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
   1846       vxworks_sh_pic_plt_entry_le,
   1847       VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
   1848       { 8, MINUS_ONE, 20, false },
   1849       12,
   1850       NULL
   1851     },
   1852   }
   1853 };
   1854 
   1855 /* FDPIC PLT entries.  Two unimplemented optimizations for lazy
   1856    binding are to omit the lazy binding stub when linking with -z now
   1857    and to move lazy binding stubs into a separate region for better
   1858    cache behavior.  */
   1859 
   1860 #define FDPIC_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 28
   1861 #define FDPIC_PLT_LAZY_OFFSET 20
   1862 
   1863 /* FIXME: The lazy binding stub requires a plt0 - which may need to be
   1864    duplicated if it is out of range, or which can be inlined.  So
   1865    right now it is always inlined, which wastes a word per stub.  It
   1866    might be easier to handle the duplication if we put the lazy
   1867    stubs separately.  */
   1868 
   1869 static const bfd_byte fdpic_sh_plt_entry_be[FDPIC_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
   1870 {
   1871   0xd0, 0x02,	/* mov.l @(12,pc),r0 */
   1872   0x01, 0xce,	/* mov.l @(r0,r12),r1 */
   1873   0x70, 0x04,	/* add #4, r0 */
   1874   0x41, 0x2b,	/* jmp @r1 */
   1875   0x0c, 0xce,	/* mov.l @(r0,r12),r12 */
   1876   0x00, 0x09,	/* nop */
   1877   0, 0, 0, 0,	/* 0: replaced with offset of this symbol's funcdesc */
   1878   0, 0, 0, 0,	/* 1: replaced with offset into relocation table.  */
   1879   0x60, 0xc2,	/* mov.l @r12,r0 */
   1880   0x40, 0x2b,	/* jmp @r0 */
   1881   0x53, 0xc1,	/*  mov.l @(4,r12),r3 */
   1882   0x00, 0x09,	/* nop */
   1883 };
   1884 
   1885 static const bfd_byte fdpic_sh_plt_entry_le[FDPIC_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
   1886 {
   1887   0x02, 0xd0,	/* mov.l @(12,pc),r0 */
   1888   0xce, 0x01,	/* mov.l @(r0,r12),r1 */
   1889   0x04, 0x70,	/* add #4, r0 */
   1890   0x2b, 0x41,	/* jmp @r1 */
   1891   0xce, 0x0c,	/* mov.l @(r0,r12),r12 */
   1892   0x09, 0x00,	/* nop */
   1893   0, 0, 0, 0,	/* 0: replaced with offset of this symbol's funcdesc */
   1894   0, 0, 0, 0,	/* 1: replaced with offset into relocation table.  */
   1895   0xc2, 0x60,	/* mov.l @r12,r0 */
   1896   0x2b, 0x40,	/* jmp @r0 */
   1897   0xc1, 0x53,	/*  mov.l @(4,r12),r3 */
   1898   0x09, 0x00,	/* nop */
   1899 };
   1900 
   1901 static const struct elf_sh_plt_info fdpic_sh_plts[2] = {
   1902   {
   1903     /* Big-endian PIC.  */
   1904     NULL,
   1905     0,
   1906     { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
   1907     fdpic_sh_plt_entry_be,
   1908     FDPIC_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
   1909     { 12, MINUS_ONE, 16, false },
   1910     FDPIC_PLT_LAZY_OFFSET,
   1911     NULL
   1912   },
   1913   {
   1914     /* Little-endian PIC.  */
   1915     NULL,
   1916     0,
   1917     { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
   1918     fdpic_sh_plt_entry_le,
   1919     FDPIC_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
   1920     { 12, MINUS_ONE, 16, false },
   1921     FDPIC_PLT_LAZY_OFFSET,
   1922     NULL
   1923   },
   1924 };
   1925 
   1926 /* On SH2A, we can use the movi20 instruction to generate shorter PLT
   1927    entries for the first 64K slots.  We use the normal FDPIC PLT entry
   1928    past that point; we could also use movi20s, which might be faster,
   1929    but would not be any smaller.  */
   1930 
   1931 #define FDPIC_SH2A_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 24
   1932 #define FDPIC_SH2A_PLT_LAZY_OFFSET 16
   1933 
   1934 static const bfd_byte fdpic_sh2a_plt_entry_be[FDPIC_SH2A_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
   1935 {
   1936   0, 0, 0, 0,	/* movi20 #gotofffuncdesc,r0 */
   1937   0x01, 0xce,	/* mov.l @(r0,r12),r1 */
   1938   0x70, 0x04,	/* add #4, r0 */
   1939   0x41, 0x2b,	/* jmp @r1 */
   1940   0x0c, 0xce,	/* mov.l @(r0,r12),r12 */
   1941   0, 0, 0, 0,	/* 1: replaced with offset into relocation table.  */
   1942   0x60, 0xc2,	/* mov.l @r12,r0 */
   1943   0x40, 0x2b,	/* jmp @r0 */
   1944   0x53, 0xc1,	/*  mov.l @(4,r12),r3 */
   1945   0x00, 0x09,	/* nop */
   1946 };
   1947 
   1948 static const bfd_byte fdpic_sh2a_plt_entry_le[FDPIC_SH2A_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
   1949 {
   1950   0, 0, 0, 0,	/* movi20 #gotofffuncdesc,r0 */
   1951   0xce, 0x01,	/* mov.l @(r0,r12),r1 */
   1952   0x04, 0x70,	/* add #4, r0 */
   1953   0x2b, 0x41,	/* jmp @r1 */
   1954   0xce, 0x0c,	/* mov.l @(r0,r12),r12 */
   1955   0, 0, 0, 0,	/* 1: replaced with offset into relocation table.  */
   1956   0xc2, 0x60,	/* mov.l @r12,r0 */
   1957   0x2b, 0x40,	/* jmp @r0 */
   1958   0xc1, 0x53,	/*  mov.l @(4,r12),r3 */
   1959   0x09, 0x00,	/* nop */
   1960 };
   1961 
   1962 static const struct elf_sh_plt_info fdpic_sh2a_short_plt_be = {
   1963   /* Big-endian FDPIC, max index 64K.  */
   1964   NULL,
   1965   0,
   1966   { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
   1967   fdpic_sh2a_plt_entry_be,
   1968   FDPIC_SH2A_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
   1969   { 0, MINUS_ONE, 12, true },
   1970   FDPIC_SH2A_PLT_LAZY_OFFSET,
   1971   NULL
   1972 };
   1973 
   1974 static const struct elf_sh_plt_info fdpic_sh2a_short_plt_le = {
   1975   /* Little-endian FDPIC, max index 64K.  */
   1976   NULL,
   1977   0,
   1978   { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
   1979   fdpic_sh2a_plt_entry_le,
   1980   FDPIC_SH2A_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
   1981   { 0, MINUS_ONE, 12, true },
   1982   FDPIC_SH2A_PLT_LAZY_OFFSET,
   1983   NULL
   1984 };
   1985 
   1986 static const struct elf_sh_plt_info fdpic_sh2a_plts[2] = {
   1987   {
   1988     /* Big-endian PIC.  */
   1989     NULL,
   1990     0,
   1991     { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
   1992     fdpic_sh_plt_entry_be,
   1993     FDPIC_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
   1994     { 12, MINUS_ONE, 16, false },
   1995     FDPIC_PLT_LAZY_OFFSET,
   1996     &fdpic_sh2a_short_plt_be
   1997   },
   1998   {
   1999     /* Little-endian PIC.  */
   2000     NULL,
   2001     0,
   2002     { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
   2003     fdpic_sh_plt_entry_le,
   2004     FDPIC_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
   2005     { 12, MINUS_ONE, 16, false },
   2006     FDPIC_PLT_LAZY_OFFSET,
   2007     &fdpic_sh2a_short_plt_le
   2008   },
   2009 };
   2010 
   2011 /* Return the type of PLT associated with ABFD.  PIC_P is true if
   2012    the object is position-independent.  */
   2013 
   2014 static const struct elf_sh_plt_info *
   2015 get_plt_info (bfd *abfd, bool pic_p)
   2016 {
   2017   if (fdpic_object_p (abfd))
   2018     {
   2019       /* If any input file requires SH2A we can use a shorter PLT
   2020 	 sequence.  */
   2021       if (sh_get_arch_from_bfd_mach (bfd_get_mach (abfd)) & arch_sh2a_base)
   2022 	return &fdpic_sh2a_plts[!bfd_big_endian (abfd)];
   2023       else
   2024 	return &fdpic_sh_plts[!bfd_big_endian (abfd)];
   2025     }
   2026   if (vxworks_object_p (abfd))
   2027     return &vxworks_sh_plts[pic_p][!bfd_big_endian (abfd)];
   2028   return &elf_sh_plts[pic_p][!bfd_big_endian (abfd)];
   2029 }
   2030 
   2031 /* Install a 32-bit PLT field starting at ADDR, which occurs in OUTPUT_BFD.
   2032    VALUE is the field's value and CODE_P is true if VALUE refers to code,
   2033    not data.  */
   2034 
   2035 inline static void
   2036 install_plt_field (bfd *output_bfd, bool code_p ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
   2037 		   unsigned long value, bfd_byte *addr)
   2038 {
   2039   bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, value, addr);
   2040 }
   2041 
   2042 /* The number of PLT entries which can use a shorter PLT, if any.
   2043    Currently always 64K, since only SH-2A FDPIC uses this; a
   2044    20-bit movi20 can address that many function descriptors below
   2045    _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_.  */
   2046 #define MAX_SHORT_PLT 65536
   2047 
   2048 /* Return the index of the PLT entry at byte offset OFFSET.  */
   2049 
   2050 static bfd_vma
   2051 get_plt_index (const struct elf_sh_plt_info *info, bfd_vma offset)
   2052 {
   2053   bfd_vma plt_index = 0;
   2054 
   2055   offset -= info->plt0_entry_size;
   2056   if (info->short_plt != NULL)
   2057     {
   2058       if (offset > MAX_SHORT_PLT * info->short_plt->symbol_entry_size)
   2059 	{
   2060 	  plt_index = MAX_SHORT_PLT;
   2061 	  offset -= MAX_SHORT_PLT * info->short_plt->symbol_entry_size;
   2062 	}
   2063       else
   2064 	info = info->short_plt;
   2065     }
   2066   return plt_index + offset / info->symbol_entry_size;
   2067 }
   2068 
   2069 /* Do the inverse operation.  */
   2070 
   2071 static bfd_vma
   2072 get_plt_offset (const struct elf_sh_plt_info *info, bfd_vma plt_index)
   2073 {
   2074   bfd_vma offset = 0;
   2075 
   2076   if (info->short_plt != NULL)
   2077     {
   2078       if (plt_index > MAX_SHORT_PLT)
   2079 	{
   2080 	  offset = MAX_SHORT_PLT * info->short_plt->symbol_entry_size;
   2081 	  plt_index -= MAX_SHORT_PLT;
   2082 	}
   2083       else
   2084 	info = info->short_plt;
   2085     }
   2086   return (offset + info->plt0_entry_size
   2087 	  + (plt_index * info->symbol_entry_size));
   2088 }
   2089 
   2090 union gotref
   2091 {
   2092   bfd_signed_vma refcount;
   2093   bfd_vma offset;
   2094 };
   2095 
   2096 /* sh ELF linker hash entry.  */
   2097 
   2098 struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry
   2099 {
   2100   struct elf_link_hash_entry root;
   2101 
   2102   bfd_signed_vma gotplt_refcount;
   2103 
   2104   /* A local function descriptor, for FDPIC.  The refcount counts
   2105      R_SH_FUNCDESC, R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC, and R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20
   2106      relocations; the PLT and GOT entry are accounted
   2107      for separately.  After adjust_dynamic_symbol, the offset is
   2108      MINUS_ONE if there is no local descriptor (dynamic linker
   2109      managed and no PLT entry, or undefined weak non-dynamic).
   2110      During check_relocs we do not yet know whether the local
   2111      descriptor will be canonical.  */
   2112   union gotref funcdesc;
   2113 
   2114   /* How many of the above refcounted relocations were R_SH_FUNCDESC,
   2115      and thus require fixups or relocations.  */
   2116   bfd_signed_vma abs_funcdesc_refcount;
   2117 
   2118   enum got_type {
   2119     GOT_UNKNOWN = 0, GOT_NORMAL, GOT_TLS_GD, GOT_TLS_IE, GOT_FUNCDESC
   2120   } got_type;
   2121 };
   2122 
   2123 #define sh_elf_hash_entry(ent) ((struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *)(ent))
   2124 
   2125 struct sh_elf_obj_tdata
   2126 {
   2127   struct elf_obj_tdata root;
   2128 
   2129   /* got_type for each local got entry.  */
   2130   char *local_got_type;
   2131 
   2132   /* Function descriptor refcount and offset for each local symbol.  */
   2133   union gotref *local_funcdesc;
   2134 };
   2135 
   2136 #define sh_elf_tdata(abfd) \
   2137   ((struct sh_elf_obj_tdata *) (abfd)->tdata.any)
   2138 
   2139 #define sh_elf_local_got_type(abfd) \
   2140   (sh_elf_tdata (abfd)->local_got_type)
   2141 
   2142 #define sh_elf_local_funcdesc(abfd) \
   2143   (sh_elf_tdata (abfd)->local_funcdesc)
   2144 
   2145 #define is_sh_elf(bfd) \
   2146   (bfd_get_flavour (bfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour \
   2147    && elf_tdata (bfd) != NULL \
   2148    && elf_object_id (bfd) == SH_ELF_DATA)
   2149 
   2150 /* Override the generic function because we need to store sh_elf_obj_tdata
   2151    as the specific tdata.  */
   2152 
   2153 static bool
   2154 sh_elf_mkobject (bfd *abfd)
   2155 {
   2156   return bfd_elf_allocate_object (abfd, sizeof (struct sh_elf_obj_tdata),
   2157 				  SH_ELF_DATA);
   2158 }
   2159 
   2160 /* sh ELF linker hash table.  */
   2161 
   2162 struct elf_sh_link_hash_table
   2163 {
   2164   struct elf_link_hash_table root;
   2165 
   2166   /* Short-cuts to get to dynamic linker sections.  */
   2167   asection *sfuncdesc;
   2168   asection *srelfuncdesc;
   2169   asection *srofixup;
   2170 
   2171   /* The (unloaded but important) VxWorks .rela.plt.unloaded section.  */
   2172   asection *srelplt2;
   2173 
   2174   /* A counter or offset to track a TLS got entry.  */
   2175   union
   2176     {
   2177       bfd_signed_vma refcount;
   2178       bfd_vma offset;
   2179     } tls_ldm_got;
   2180 
   2181   /* The type of PLT to use.  */
   2182   const struct elf_sh_plt_info *plt_info;
   2183 
   2184   /* True if the target system uses FDPIC.  */
   2185   bool fdpic_p;
   2186 };
   2187 
   2188 /* Traverse an sh ELF linker hash table.  */
   2189 
   2190 #define sh_elf_link_hash_traverse(table, func, info)			\
   2191   (elf_link_hash_traverse						\
   2192    (&(table)->root,							\
   2193     (bool (*) (struct elf_link_hash_entry *, void *)) (func),		\
   2194     (info)))
   2195 
   2196 /* Get the sh ELF linker hash table from a link_info structure.  */
   2197 
   2198 #define sh_elf_hash_table(p) \
   2199   ((is_elf_hash_table ((p)->hash)					\
   2200     && elf_hash_table_id (elf_hash_table (p)) == SH_ELF_DATA)		\
   2201    ? (struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *) (p)->hash : NULL)
   2202 
   2203 /* Create an entry in an sh ELF linker hash table.  */
   2204 
   2205 static struct bfd_hash_entry *
   2206 sh_elf_link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry *entry,
   2207 			  struct bfd_hash_table *table,
   2208 			  const char *string)
   2209 {
   2210   struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *ret =
   2211     (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) entry;
   2212 
   2213   /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
   2214      subclass.  */
   2215   if (ret == (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) NULL)
   2216     ret = ((struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *)
   2217 	   bfd_hash_allocate (table,
   2218 			      sizeof (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry)));
   2219   if (ret == (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) NULL)
   2220     return (struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret;
   2221 
   2222   /* Call the allocation method of the superclass.  */
   2223   ret = ((struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *)
   2224 	 _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc ((struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret,
   2225 				     table, string));
   2226   if (ret != (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) NULL)
   2227     {
   2228       ret->gotplt_refcount = 0;
   2229       ret->funcdesc.refcount = 0;
   2230       ret->abs_funcdesc_refcount = 0;
   2231       ret->got_type = GOT_UNKNOWN;
   2232     }
   2233 
   2234   return (struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret;
   2235 }
   2236 
   2237 /* Create an sh ELF linker hash table.  */
   2238 
   2239 static struct bfd_link_hash_table *
   2240 sh_elf_link_hash_table_create (bfd *abfd)
   2241 {
   2242   struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *ret;
   2243   size_t amt = sizeof (struct elf_sh_link_hash_table);
   2244 
   2245   ret = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *) bfd_zmalloc (amt);
   2246   if (ret == (struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *) NULL)
   2247     return NULL;
   2248 
   2249   if (!_bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (&ret->root, abfd,
   2250 				      sh_elf_link_hash_newfunc,
   2251 				      sizeof (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry),
   2252 				      SH_ELF_DATA))
   2253     {
   2254       free (ret);
   2255       return NULL;
   2256     }
   2257 
   2258   if (fdpic_object_p (abfd))
   2259     {
   2260       ret->root.dt_pltgot_required = true;
   2261       ret->fdpic_p = true;
   2262     }
   2263 
   2264   return &ret->root.root;
   2265 }
   2266 
   2267 static bool
   2268 sh_elf_omit_section_dynsym (bfd *output_bfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
   2269 			    struct bfd_link_info *info, asection *p)
   2270 {
   2271   struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
   2272 
   2273   /* Non-FDPIC binaries do not need dynamic symbols for sections.  */
   2274   if (!htab->fdpic_p)
   2275     return true;
   2276 
   2277   /* We need dynamic symbols for every section, since segments can
   2278      relocate independently.  */
   2279   switch (elf_section_data (p)->this_hdr.sh_type)
   2280     {
   2281     case SHT_PROGBITS:
   2282     case SHT_NOBITS:
   2283       /* If sh_type is yet undecided, assume it could be
   2284 	 SHT_PROGBITS/SHT_NOBITS.  */
   2285     case SHT_NULL:
   2286       return false;
   2287 
   2288       /* There shouldn't be section relative relocations
   2289 	 against any other section.  */
   2290     default:
   2291       return true;
   2292     }
   2293 }
   2294 
   2295 /* Create .got, .gotplt, and .rela.got sections in DYNOBJ, and set up
   2296    shortcuts to them in our hash table.  */
   2297 
   2298 static bool
   2299 create_got_section (bfd *dynobj, struct bfd_link_info *info)
   2300 {
   2301   struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
   2302 
   2303   if (! _bfd_elf_create_got_section (dynobj, info))
   2304     return false;
   2305 
   2306   htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
   2307   if (htab == NULL)
   2308     return false;
   2309 
   2310   htab->sfuncdesc = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj, ".got.funcdesc",
   2311 							(SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
   2312 							 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
   2313 							 | SEC_IN_MEMORY
   2314 							 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED));
   2315   if (htab->sfuncdesc == NULL
   2316       || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab->sfuncdesc, 2))
   2317     return false;
   2318 
   2319   htab->srelfuncdesc = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj,
   2320 							   ".rela.got.funcdesc",
   2321 							   (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
   2322 							    | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
   2323 							    | SEC_IN_MEMORY
   2324 							    | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
   2325 							    | SEC_READONLY));
   2326   if (htab->srelfuncdesc == NULL
   2327       || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab->srelfuncdesc, 2))
   2328     return false;
   2329 
   2330   /* Also create .rofixup.  */
   2331   htab->srofixup = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj, ".rofixup",
   2332 						       (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
   2333 							| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
   2334 							| SEC_IN_MEMORY
   2335 							| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
   2336 							| SEC_READONLY));
   2337   if (htab->srofixup == NULL
   2338       || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab->srofixup, 2))
   2339     return false;
   2340 
   2341   return true;
   2342 }
   2343 
   2344 /* Create dynamic sections when linking against a dynamic object.  */
   2345 
   2346 static bool
   2347 sh_elf_create_dynamic_sections (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
   2348 {
   2349   struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
   2350   flagword flags, pltflags;
   2351   asection *s;
   2352   const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
   2353   int ptralign = 0;
   2354 
   2355   switch (bed->s->arch_size)
   2356     {
   2357     case 32:
   2358       ptralign = 2;
   2359       break;
   2360 
   2361     case 64:
   2362       ptralign = 3;
   2363       break;
   2364 
   2365     default:
   2366       bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
   2367       return false;
   2368     }
   2369 
   2370   htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
   2371   if (htab == NULL)
   2372     return false;
   2373 
   2374   if (htab->root.dynamic_sections_created)
   2375     return true;
   2376 
   2377   /* We need to create .plt, .rel[a].plt, .got, .got.plt, .dynbss, and
   2378      .rel[a].bss sections.  */
   2379 
   2380   flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY
   2381 	   | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
   2382 
   2383   pltflags = flags;
   2384   pltflags |= SEC_CODE;
   2385   if (bed->plt_not_loaded)
   2386     pltflags &= ~ (SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
   2387   if (bed->plt_readonly)
   2388     pltflags |= SEC_READONLY;
   2389 
   2390   s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".plt", pltflags);
   2391   htab->root.splt = s;
   2392   if (s == NULL
   2393       || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s, bed->plt_alignment))
   2394     return false;
   2395 
   2396   if (bed->want_plt_sym)
   2397     {
   2398       /* Define the symbol _PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_ at the start of the
   2399 	 .plt section.  */
   2400       struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
   2401       struct bfd_link_hash_entry *bh = NULL;
   2402 
   2403       if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
   2404 	     (info, abfd, "_PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_", BSF_GLOBAL, s,
   2405 	      (bfd_vma) 0, (const char *) NULL, false,
   2406 	      get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->collect, &bh)))
   2407 	return false;
   2408 
   2409       h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh;
   2410       h->def_regular = 1;
   2411       h->type = STT_OBJECT;
   2412       htab->root.hplt = h;
   2413 
   2414       if (bfd_link_pic (info)
   2415 	  && ! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
   2416 	return false;
   2417     }
   2418 
   2419   s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd,
   2420 					  bed->default_use_rela_p
   2421 					  ? ".rela.plt" : ".rel.plt",
   2422 					  flags | SEC_READONLY);
   2423   htab->root.srelplt = s;
   2424   if (s == NULL
   2425       || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s, ptralign))
   2426     return false;
   2427 
   2428   if (htab->root.sgot == NULL
   2429       && !create_got_section (abfd, info))
   2430     return false;
   2431 
   2432   if (bed->want_dynbss)
   2433     {
   2434       /* The .dynbss section is a place to put symbols which are defined
   2435 	 by dynamic objects, are referenced by regular objects, and are
   2436 	 not functions.  We must allocate space for them in the process
   2437 	 image and use a R_*_COPY reloc to tell the dynamic linker to
   2438 	 initialize them at run time.  The linker script puts the .dynbss
   2439 	 section into the .bss section of the final image.  */
   2440       s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".dynbss",
   2441 					      SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
   2442       htab->root.sdynbss = s;
   2443       if (s == NULL)
   2444 	return false;
   2445 
   2446       /* The .rel[a].bss section holds copy relocs.  This section is not
   2447 	 normally needed.  We need to create it here, though, so that the
   2448 	 linker will map it to an output section.  We can't just create it
   2449 	 only if we need it, because we will not know whether we need it
   2450 	 until we have seen all the input files, and the first time the
   2451 	 main linker code calls BFD after examining all the input files
   2452 	 (size_dynamic_sections) the input sections have already been
   2453 	 mapped to the output sections.  If the section turns out not to
   2454 	 be needed, we can discard it later.  We will never need this
   2455 	 section when generating a shared object, since they do not use
   2456 	 copy relocs.  */
   2457       if (! bfd_link_pic (info))
   2458 	{
   2459 	  s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd,
   2460 						  (bed->default_use_rela_p
   2461 						   ? ".rela.bss" : ".rel.bss"),
   2462 						  flags | SEC_READONLY);
   2463 	  htab->root.srelbss = s;
   2464 	  if (s == NULL
   2465 	      || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s, ptralign))
   2466 	    return false;
   2467 	}
   2468     }
   2469 
   2470   if (htab->root.target_os == is_vxworks)
   2471     {
   2472       if (!elf_vxworks_create_dynamic_sections (abfd, info, &htab->srelplt2))
   2473 	return false;
   2474     }
   2475 
   2476   return true;
   2477 }
   2478 
   2479 /* Adjust a symbol defined by a dynamic object and referenced by a
   2481    regular object.  The current definition is in some section of the
   2482    dynamic object, but we're not including those sections.  We have to
   2483    change the definition to something the rest of the link can
   2484    understand.  */
   2485 
   2486 static bool
   2487 sh_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
   2488 			      struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
   2489 {
   2490   struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
   2491   asection *s;
   2492 
   2493   htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
   2494   if (htab == NULL)
   2495     return false;
   2496 
   2497   /* Make sure we know what is going on here.  */
   2498   BFD_ASSERT (htab->root.dynobj != NULL
   2499 	      && (h->needs_plt
   2500 		  || h->is_weakalias
   2501 		  || (h->def_dynamic
   2502 		      && h->ref_regular
   2503 		      && !h->def_regular)));
   2504 
   2505   /* If this is a function, put it in the procedure linkage table.  We
   2506      will fill in the contents of the procedure linkage table later,
   2507      when we know the address of the .got section.  */
   2508   if (h->type == STT_FUNC
   2509       || h->needs_plt)
   2510     {
   2511       if (h->plt.refcount <= 0
   2512 	  || SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)
   2513 	  || (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) != STV_DEFAULT
   2514 	      && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
   2515 	{
   2516 	  /* This case can occur if we saw a PLT reloc in an input
   2517 	     file, but the symbol was never referred to by a dynamic
   2518 	     object.  In such a case, we don't actually need to build
   2519 	     a procedure linkage table, and we can just do a REL32
   2520 	     reloc instead.  */
   2521 	  h->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
   2522 	  h->needs_plt = 0;
   2523 	}
   2524 
   2525       return true;
   2526     }
   2527   else
   2528     h->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
   2529 
   2530   /* If this is a weak symbol, and there is a real definition, the
   2531      processor independent code will have arranged for us to see the
   2532      real definition first, and we can just use the same value.  */
   2533   if (h->is_weakalias)
   2534     {
   2535       struct elf_link_hash_entry *def = weakdef (h);
   2536       BFD_ASSERT (def->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined);
   2537       h->root.u.def.section = def->root.u.def.section;
   2538       h->root.u.def.value = def->root.u.def.value;
   2539       if (info->nocopyreloc)
   2540 	h->non_got_ref = def->non_got_ref;
   2541       return true;
   2542     }
   2543 
   2544   /* This is a reference to a symbol defined by a dynamic object which
   2545      is not a function.  */
   2546 
   2547   /* If we are creating a shared library, we must presume that the
   2548      only references to the symbol are via the global offset table.
   2549      For such cases we need not do anything here; the relocations will
   2550      be handled correctly by relocate_section.  */
   2551   if (bfd_link_pic (info))
   2552     return true;
   2553 
   2554   /* If there are no references to this symbol that do not use the
   2555      GOT, we don't need to generate a copy reloc.  */
   2556   if (!h->non_got_ref)
   2557     return true;
   2558 
   2559   /* If -z nocopyreloc was given, we won't generate them either.  */
   2560   if (0 && info->nocopyreloc)
   2561     {
   2562       h->non_got_ref = 0;
   2563       return true;
   2564     }
   2565 
   2566   /* If we don't find any dynamic relocs in read-only sections, then
   2567      we'll be keeping the dynamic relocs and avoiding the copy reloc.  */
   2568   if (0 && !_bfd_elf_readonly_dynrelocs (h))
   2569     {
   2570       h->non_got_ref = 0;
   2571       return true;
   2572     }
   2573 
   2574   /* We must allocate the symbol in our .dynbss section, which will
   2575      become part of the .bss section of the executable.  There will be
   2576      an entry for this symbol in the .dynsym section.  The dynamic
   2577      object will contain position independent code, so all references
   2578      from the dynamic object to this symbol will go through the global
   2579      offset table.  The dynamic linker will use the .dynsym entry to
   2580      determine the address it must put in the global offset table, so
   2581      both the dynamic object and the regular object will refer to the
   2582      same memory location for the variable.  */
   2583 
   2584   s = htab->root.sdynbss;
   2585   BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
   2586 
   2587   /* We must generate a R_SH_COPY reloc to tell the dynamic linker to
   2588      copy the initial value out of the dynamic object and into the
   2589      runtime process image.  We need to remember the offset into the
   2590      .rela.bss section we are going to use.  */
   2591   if ((h->root.u.def.section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0 && h->size != 0)
   2592     {
   2593       asection *srel;
   2594 
   2595       srel = htab->root.srelbss;
   2596       BFD_ASSERT (srel != NULL);
   2597       srel->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   2598       h->needs_copy = 1;
   2599     }
   2600 
   2601   return _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_copy (info, h, s);
   2602 }
   2603 
   2604 /* Allocate space in .plt, .got and associated reloc sections for
   2605    dynamic relocs.  */
   2606 
   2607 static bool
   2608 allocate_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *inf)
   2609 {
   2610   struct bfd_link_info *info;
   2611   struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
   2612   struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *eh;
   2613   struct elf_dyn_relocs *p;
   2614 
   2615   if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect)
   2616     return true;
   2617 
   2618   info = (struct bfd_link_info *) inf;
   2619   htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
   2620   if (htab == NULL)
   2621     return false;
   2622 
   2623   eh = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) h;
   2624   if ((h->got.refcount > 0
   2625        || h->forced_local)
   2626       && eh->gotplt_refcount > 0)
   2627     {
   2628       /* The symbol has been forced local, or we have some direct got refs,
   2629 	 so treat all the gotplt refs as got refs. */
   2630       h->got.refcount += eh->gotplt_refcount;
   2631       if (h->plt.refcount >= eh->gotplt_refcount)
   2632 	h->plt.refcount -= eh->gotplt_refcount;
   2633     }
   2634 
   2635   if (htab->root.dynamic_sections_created
   2636       && h->plt.refcount > 0
   2637       && (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT
   2638 	  || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
   2639     {
   2640       /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol.
   2641 	 Undefined weak syms won't yet be marked as dynamic.  */
   2642       if (h->dynindx == -1
   2643 	  && !h->forced_local)
   2644 	{
   2645 	  if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
   2646 	    return false;
   2647 	}
   2648 
   2649       if (bfd_link_pic (info)
   2650 	  || WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (1, 0, h))
   2651 	{
   2652 	  asection *s = htab->root.splt;
   2653 	  const struct elf_sh_plt_info *plt_info;
   2654 
   2655 	  /* If this is the first .plt entry, make room for the special
   2656 	     first entry.  */
   2657 	  if (s->size == 0)
   2658 	    s->size += htab->plt_info->plt0_entry_size;
   2659 
   2660 	  h->plt.offset = s->size;
   2661 
   2662 	  /* If this symbol is not defined in a regular file, and we are
   2663 	     not generating a shared library, then set the symbol to this
   2664 	     location in the .plt.  This is required to make function
   2665 	     pointers compare as equal between the normal executable and
   2666 	     the shared library.  Skip this for FDPIC, since the
   2667 	     function's address will be the address of the canonical
   2668 	     function descriptor.  */
   2669 	  if (!htab->fdpic_p && !bfd_link_pic (info) && !h->def_regular)
   2670 	    {
   2671 	      h->root.u.def.section = s;
   2672 	      h->root.u.def.value = h->plt.offset;
   2673 	    }
   2674 
   2675 	  /* Make room for this entry.  */
   2676 	  plt_info = htab->plt_info;
   2677 	  if (plt_info->short_plt != NULL
   2678 	      && (get_plt_index (plt_info->short_plt, s->size) < MAX_SHORT_PLT))
   2679 	    plt_info = plt_info->short_plt;
   2680 	  s->size += plt_info->symbol_entry_size;
   2681 
   2682 	  /* We also need to make an entry in the .got.plt section, which
   2683 	     will be placed in the .got section by the linker script.  */
   2684 	  if (!htab->fdpic_p)
   2685 	    htab->root.sgotplt->size += 4;
   2686 	  else
   2687 	    htab->root.sgotplt->size += 8;
   2688 
   2689 	  /* We also need to make an entry in the .rel.plt section.  */
   2690 	  htab->root.srelplt->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   2691 
   2692 	  if (htab->root.target_os == is_vxworks && !bfd_link_pic (info))
   2693 	    {
   2694 	      /* VxWorks executables have a second set of relocations
   2695 		 for each PLT entry.  They go in a separate relocation
   2696 		 section, which is processed by the kernel loader.  */
   2697 
   2698 	      /* There is a relocation for the initial PLT entry:
   2699 		 an R_SH_DIR32 relocation for _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_.  */
   2700 	      if (h->plt.offset == htab->plt_info->plt0_entry_size)
   2701 		htab->srelplt2->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   2702 
   2703 	      /* There are two extra relocations for each subsequent
   2704 		 PLT entry: an R_SH_DIR32 relocation for the GOT entry,
   2705 		 and an R_SH_DIR32 relocation for the PLT entry.  */
   2706 	      htab->srelplt2->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela) * 2;
   2707 	    }
   2708 	}
   2709       else
   2710 	{
   2711 	  h->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
   2712 	  h->needs_plt = 0;
   2713 	}
   2714     }
   2715   else
   2716     {
   2717       h->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
   2718       h->needs_plt = 0;
   2719     }
   2720 
   2721   if (h->got.refcount > 0)
   2722     {
   2723       asection *s;
   2724       bool dyn;
   2725       enum got_type got_type = sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type;
   2726 
   2727       /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol.
   2728 	 Undefined weak syms won't yet be marked as dynamic.  */
   2729       if (h->dynindx == -1
   2730 	  && !h->forced_local)
   2731 	{
   2732 	  if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
   2733 	    return false;
   2734 	}
   2735 
   2736       s = htab->root.sgot;
   2737       h->got.offset = s->size;
   2738       s->size += 4;
   2739       /* R_SH_TLS_GD needs 2 consecutive GOT slots.  */
   2740       if (got_type == GOT_TLS_GD)
   2741 	s->size += 4;
   2742       dyn = htab->root.dynamic_sections_created;
   2743       if (!dyn)
   2744 	{
   2745 	  /* No dynamic relocations required.  */
   2746 	  if (htab->fdpic_p && !bfd_link_pic (info)
   2747 	      && h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak
   2748 	      && (got_type == GOT_NORMAL || got_type == GOT_FUNCDESC))
   2749 	    htab->srofixup->size += 4;
   2750 	}
   2751       /* No dynamic relocations required when IE->LE conversion happens.  */
   2752       else if (got_type == GOT_TLS_IE
   2753 	       && !h->def_dynamic
   2754 	       && !bfd_link_pic (info))
   2755 	;
   2756       /* R_SH_TLS_IE_32 needs one dynamic relocation if dynamic,
   2757 	 R_SH_TLS_GD needs one if local symbol and two if global.  */
   2758       else if ((got_type == GOT_TLS_GD && h->dynindx == -1)
   2759 	       || got_type == GOT_TLS_IE)
   2760 	htab->root.srelgot->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   2761       else if (got_type == GOT_TLS_GD)
   2762 	htab->root.srelgot->size += 2 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   2763       else if (got_type == GOT_FUNCDESC)
   2764 	{
   2765 	  if (!bfd_link_pic (info) && SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL (info, h))
   2766 	    htab->srofixup->size += 4;
   2767 	  else
   2768 	    htab->root.srelgot->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   2769 	}
   2770       else if ((ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT
   2771 		|| h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
   2772 	       && (bfd_link_pic (info)
   2773 		   || WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn, 0, h)))
   2774 	htab->root.srelgot->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   2775       else if (htab->fdpic_p
   2776 	       && !bfd_link_pic (info)
   2777 	       && got_type == GOT_NORMAL
   2778 	       && (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT
   2779 		   || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
   2780 	htab->srofixup->size += 4;
   2781     }
   2782   else
   2783     h->got.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
   2784 
   2785   /* Allocate space for any dynamic relocations to function
   2786      descriptors, canonical or otherwise.  We need to relocate the
   2787      reference unless it resolves to zero, which only happens for
   2788      undefined weak symbols (either non-default visibility, or when
   2789      static linking).  Any GOT slot is accounted for elsewhere.  */
   2790   if (eh->abs_funcdesc_refcount > 0
   2791       && (h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak
   2792 	  || (htab->root.dynamic_sections_created
   2793 	      && ! SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h))))
   2794     {
   2795       if (!bfd_link_pic (info) && SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL (info, h))
   2796 	htab->srofixup->size += eh->abs_funcdesc_refcount * 4;
   2797       else
   2798 	htab->root.srelgot->size
   2799 	  += eh->abs_funcdesc_refcount * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   2800     }
   2801 
   2802   /* We must allocate a function descriptor if there are references to
   2803      a canonical descriptor (R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC or R_SH_FUNCDESC) and
   2804      the dynamic linker isn't going to allocate it.  None of this
   2805      applies if we already created one in .got.plt, but if the
   2806      canonical function descriptor can be in this object, there
   2807      won't be a PLT entry at all.  */
   2808   if ((eh->funcdesc.refcount > 0
   2809        || (h->got.offset != MINUS_ONE && eh->got_type == GOT_FUNCDESC))
   2810       && h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak
   2811       && SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL (info, h))
   2812     {
   2813       /* Make room for this function descriptor.  */
   2814       eh->funcdesc.offset = htab->sfuncdesc->size;
   2815       htab->sfuncdesc->size += 8;
   2816 
   2817       /* We will need a relocation or two fixups to initialize the
   2818 	 function descriptor, so allocate those too.  */
   2819       if (!bfd_link_pic (info) && SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h))
   2820 	htab->srofixup->size += 8;
   2821       else
   2822 	htab->srelfuncdesc->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   2823     }
   2824 
   2825   if (h->dyn_relocs == NULL)
   2826     return true;
   2827 
   2828   /* In the shared -Bsymbolic case, discard space allocated for
   2829      dynamic pc-relative relocs against symbols which turn out to be
   2830      defined in regular objects.  For the normal shared case, discard
   2831      space for pc-relative relocs that have become local due to symbol
   2832      visibility changes.  */
   2833 
   2834   if (bfd_link_pic (info))
   2835     {
   2836       if (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h))
   2837 	{
   2838 	  struct elf_dyn_relocs **pp;
   2839 
   2840 	  for (pp = &h->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; )
   2841 	    {
   2842 	      p->count -= p->pc_count;
   2843 	      p->pc_count = 0;
   2844 	      if (p->count == 0)
   2845 		*pp = p->next;
   2846 	      else
   2847 		pp = &p->next;
   2848 	    }
   2849 	}
   2850 
   2851       if (htab->root.target_os == is_vxworks)
   2852 	{
   2853 	  struct elf_dyn_relocs **pp;
   2854 
   2855 	  for (pp = &h->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; )
   2856 	    {
   2857 	      if (strcmp (p->sec->output_section->name, ".tls_vars") == 0)
   2858 		*pp = p->next;
   2859 	      else
   2860 		pp = &p->next;
   2861 	    }
   2862 	}
   2863 
   2864       /* Also discard relocs on undefined weak syms with non-default
   2865 	 visibility.  */
   2866       if (h->dyn_relocs != NULL
   2867 	  && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
   2868 	{
   2869 	  if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) != STV_DEFAULT
   2870 	      || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info, h))
   2871 	    h->dyn_relocs = NULL;
   2872 
   2873 	  /* Make sure undefined weak symbols are output as a dynamic
   2874 	     symbol in PIEs.  */
   2875 	  else if (h->dynindx == -1
   2876 		   && !h->forced_local)
   2877 	    {
   2878 	      if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
   2879 		return false;
   2880 	    }
   2881 	}
   2882     }
   2883   else
   2884     {
   2885       /* For the non-shared case, discard space for relocs against
   2886 	 symbols which turn out to need copy relocs or are not
   2887 	 dynamic.  */
   2888 
   2889       if (!h->non_got_ref
   2890 	  && ((h->def_dynamic
   2891 	       && !h->def_regular)
   2892 	      || (htab->root.dynamic_sections_created
   2893 		  && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak
   2894 		      || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined))))
   2895 	{
   2896 	  /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol.
   2897 	     Undefined weak syms won't yet be marked as dynamic.  */
   2898 	  if (h->dynindx == -1
   2899 	      && !h->forced_local)
   2900 	    {
   2901 	      if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
   2902 		return false;
   2903 	    }
   2904 
   2905 	  /* If that succeeded, we know we'll be keeping all the
   2906 	     relocs.  */
   2907 	  if (h->dynindx != -1)
   2908 	    goto keep;
   2909 	}
   2910 
   2911       h->dyn_relocs = NULL;
   2912 
   2913     keep: ;
   2914     }
   2915 
   2916   /* Finally, allocate space.  */
   2917   for (p = h->dyn_relocs; p != NULL; p = p->next)
   2918     {
   2919       asection *sreloc = elf_section_data (p->sec)->sreloc;
   2920       sreloc->size += p->count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   2921 
   2922       /* If we need relocations, we do not need fixups.  */
   2923       if (htab->fdpic_p && !bfd_link_pic (info))
   2924 	htab->srofixup->size -= 4 * (p->count - p->pc_count);
   2925     }
   2926 
   2927   return true;
   2928 }
   2929 
   2930 /* This function is called after all the input files have been read,
   2931    and the input sections have been assigned to output sections.
   2932    It's a convenient place to determine the PLT style.  */
   2933 
   2934 static bool
   2935 sh_elf_always_size_sections (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
   2936 {
   2937   sh_elf_hash_table (info)->plt_info = get_plt_info (output_bfd,
   2938 						     bfd_link_pic (info));
   2939 
   2940   if (sh_elf_hash_table (info)->fdpic_p && !bfd_link_relocatable (info)
   2941       && !bfd_elf_stack_segment_size (output_bfd, info,
   2942 				      "__stacksize", DEFAULT_STACK_SIZE))
   2943     return false;
   2944   return true;
   2945 }
   2946 
   2947 /* Set the sizes of the dynamic sections.  */
   2948 
   2949 static bool
   2950 sh_elf_size_dynamic_sections (bfd *output_bfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
   2951 			      struct bfd_link_info *info)
   2952 {
   2953   struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
   2954   bfd *dynobj;
   2955   asection *s;
   2956   bool relocs;
   2957   bfd *ibfd;
   2958 
   2959   htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
   2960   if (htab == NULL)
   2961     return false;
   2962 
   2963   dynobj = htab->root.dynobj;
   2964   BFD_ASSERT (dynobj != NULL);
   2965 
   2966   if (htab->root.dynamic_sections_created)
   2967     {
   2968       /* Set the contents of the .interp section to the interpreter.  */
   2969       if (bfd_link_executable (info) && !info->nointerp)
   2970 	{
   2971 	  s = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".interp");
   2972 	  BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
   2973 	  s->size = sizeof ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER;
   2974 	  s->contents = (unsigned char *) ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER;
   2975 	}
   2976     }
   2977 
   2978   /* Set up .got offsets for local syms, and space for local dynamic
   2979      relocs.  */
   2980   for (ibfd = info->input_bfds; ibfd != NULL; ibfd = ibfd->link.next)
   2981     {
   2982       bfd_signed_vma *local_got;
   2983       bfd_signed_vma *end_local_got;
   2984       union gotref *local_funcdesc, *end_local_funcdesc;
   2985       char *local_got_type;
   2986       bfd_size_type locsymcount;
   2987       Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
   2988       asection *srel;
   2989 
   2990       if (! is_sh_elf (ibfd))
   2991 	continue;
   2992 
   2993       for (s = ibfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
   2994 	{
   2995 	  struct elf_dyn_relocs *p;
   2996 
   2997 	  for (p = ((struct elf_dyn_relocs *)
   2998 		    elf_section_data (s)->local_dynrel);
   2999 	       p != NULL;
   3000 	       p = p->next)
   3001 	    {
   3002 	      if (! bfd_is_abs_section (p->sec)
   3003 		  && bfd_is_abs_section (p->sec->output_section))
   3004 		{
   3005 		  /* Input section has been discarded, either because
   3006 		     it is a copy of a linkonce section or due to
   3007 		     linker script /DISCARD/, so we'll be discarding
   3008 		     the relocs too.  */
   3009 		}
   3010 	      else if (htab->root.target_os == is_vxworks
   3011 		       && strcmp (p->sec->output_section->name,
   3012 				  ".tls_vars") == 0)
   3013 		{
   3014 		  /* Relocations in vxworks .tls_vars sections are
   3015 		     handled specially by the loader.  */
   3016 		}
   3017 	      else if (p->count != 0)
   3018 		{
   3019 		  srel = elf_section_data (p->sec)->sreloc;
   3020 		  srel->size += p->count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   3021 		  if ((p->sec->output_section->flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0)
   3022 		    {
   3023 		      info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
   3024 		      info->callbacks->minfo (_("%pB: dynamic relocation in read-only section `%pA'\n"),
   3025 					      p->sec->owner, p->sec);
   3026 		    }
   3027 
   3028 		  /* If we need relocations, we do not need fixups.  */
   3029 		  if (htab->fdpic_p && !bfd_link_pic (info))
   3030 		    htab->srofixup->size -= 4 * (p->count - p->pc_count);
   3031 		}
   3032 	    }
   3033 	}
   3034 
   3035       symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd);
   3036       locsymcount = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
   3037       s = htab->root.sgot;
   3038       srel = htab->root.srelgot;
   3039 
   3040       local_got = elf_local_got_refcounts (ibfd);
   3041       if (local_got)
   3042 	{
   3043 	  end_local_got = local_got + locsymcount;
   3044 	  local_got_type = sh_elf_local_got_type (ibfd);
   3045 	  local_funcdesc = sh_elf_local_funcdesc (ibfd);
   3046 	  for (; local_got < end_local_got; ++local_got)
   3047 	    {
   3048 	      if (*local_got > 0)
   3049 		{
   3050 		  *local_got = s->size;
   3051 		  s->size += 4;
   3052 		  if (*local_got_type == GOT_TLS_GD)
   3053 		    s->size += 4;
   3054 		  if (bfd_link_pic (info))
   3055 		    srel->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   3056 		  else
   3057 		    htab->srofixup->size += 4;
   3058 
   3059 		  if (*local_got_type == GOT_FUNCDESC)
   3060 		    {
   3061 		      if (local_funcdesc == NULL)
   3062 			{
   3063 			  bfd_size_type size;
   3064 
   3065 			  size = locsymcount * sizeof (union gotref);
   3066 			  local_funcdesc = (union gotref *) bfd_zalloc (ibfd,
   3067 									size);
   3068 			  if (local_funcdesc == NULL)
   3069 			    return false;
   3070 			  sh_elf_local_funcdesc (ibfd) = local_funcdesc;
   3071 			  local_funcdesc += (local_got
   3072 					     - elf_local_got_refcounts (ibfd));
   3073 			}
   3074 		      local_funcdesc->refcount++;
   3075 		      ++local_funcdesc;
   3076 		    }
   3077 		}
   3078 	      else
   3079 		*local_got = (bfd_vma) -1;
   3080 	      ++local_got_type;
   3081 	    }
   3082 	}
   3083 
   3084       local_funcdesc = sh_elf_local_funcdesc (ibfd);
   3085       if (local_funcdesc)
   3086 	{
   3087 	  end_local_funcdesc = local_funcdesc + locsymcount;
   3088 
   3089 	  for (; local_funcdesc < end_local_funcdesc; ++local_funcdesc)
   3090 	    {
   3091 	      if (local_funcdesc->refcount > 0)
   3092 		{
   3093 		  local_funcdesc->offset = htab->sfuncdesc->size;
   3094 		  htab->sfuncdesc->size += 8;
   3095 		  if (!bfd_link_pic (info))
   3096 		    htab->srofixup->size += 8;
   3097 		  else
   3098 		    htab->srelfuncdesc->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   3099 		}
   3100 	      else
   3101 		local_funcdesc->offset = MINUS_ONE;
   3102 	    }
   3103 	}
   3104 
   3105     }
   3106 
   3107   if (htab->tls_ldm_got.refcount > 0)
   3108     {
   3109       /* Allocate 2 got entries and 1 dynamic reloc for R_SH_TLS_LD_32
   3110 	 relocs.  */
   3111       htab->tls_ldm_got.offset = htab->root.sgot->size;
   3112       htab->root.sgot->size += 8;
   3113       htab->root.srelgot->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   3114     }
   3115   else
   3116     htab->tls_ldm_got.offset = -1;
   3117 
   3118   /* Only the reserved entries should be present.  For FDPIC, they go at
   3119      the end of .got.plt.  */
   3120   if (htab->fdpic_p)
   3121     {
   3122       BFD_ASSERT (htab->root.sgotplt && htab->root.sgotplt->size == 12);
   3123       htab->root.sgotplt->size = 0;
   3124     }
   3125 
   3126   /* Allocate global sym .plt and .got entries, and space for global
   3127      sym dynamic relocs.  */
   3128   elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab->root, allocate_dynrelocs, info);
   3129 
   3130   /* Move the reserved entries and the _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ symbol to the
   3131      end of the FDPIC .got.plt.  */
   3132   if (htab->fdpic_p)
   3133     {
   3134       htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.value = htab->root.sgotplt->size;
   3135       htab->root.sgotplt->size += 12;
   3136     }
   3137 
   3138   /* At the very end of the .rofixup section is a pointer to the GOT.  */
   3139   if (htab->fdpic_p && htab->srofixup != NULL)
   3140     htab->srofixup->size += 4;
   3141 
   3142   /* We now have determined the sizes of the various dynamic sections.
   3143      Allocate memory for them.  */
   3144   relocs = false;
   3145   for (s = dynobj->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
   3146     {
   3147       if ((s->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) == 0)
   3148 	continue;
   3149 
   3150       if (s == htab->root.splt
   3151 	  || s == htab->root.sgot
   3152 	  || s == htab->root.sgotplt
   3153 	  || s == htab->sfuncdesc
   3154 	  || s == htab->srofixup
   3155 	  || s == htab->root.sdynbss)
   3156 	{
   3157 	  /* Strip this section if we don't need it; see the
   3158 	     comment below.  */
   3159 	}
   3160       else if (startswith (bfd_section_name (s), ".rela"))
   3161 	{
   3162 	  if (s->size != 0 && s != htab->root.srelplt && s != htab->srelplt2)
   3163 	    relocs = true;
   3164 
   3165 	  /* We use the reloc_count field as a counter if we need
   3166 	     to copy relocs into the output file.  */
   3167 	  s->reloc_count = 0;
   3168 	}
   3169       else
   3170 	{
   3171 	  /* It's not one of our sections, so don't allocate space.  */
   3172 	  continue;
   3173 	}
   3174 
   3175       if (s->size == 0)
   3176 	{
   3177 	  /* If we don't need this section, strip it from the
   3178 	     output file.  This is mostly to handle .rela.bss and
   3179 	     .rela.plt.  We must create both sections in
   3180 	     create_dynamic_sections, because they must be created
   3181 	     before the linker maps input sections to output
   3182 	     sections.  The linker does that before
   3183 	     adjust_dynamic_symbol is called, and it is that
   3184 	     function which decides whether anything needs to go
   3185 	     into these sections.  */
   3186 
   3187 	  s->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
   3188 	  continue;
   3189 	}
   3190 
   3191       if ((s->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) == 0)
   3192 	continue;
   3193 
   3194       /* Allocate memory for the section contents.  We use bfd_zalloc
   3195 	 here in case unused entries are not reclaimed before the
   3196 	 section's contents are written out.  This should not happen,
   3197 	 but this way if it does, we get a R_SH_NONE reloc instead
   3198 	 of garbage.  */
   3199       s->contents = (bfd_byte *) bfd_zalloc (dynobj, s->size);
   3200       if (s->contents == NULL)
   3201 	return false;
   3202     }
   3203 
   3204   return _bfd_elf_maybe_vxworks_add_dynamic_tags (output_bfd, info,
   3205 						  relocs);
   3206 }
   3207 
   3208 /* Add a dynamic relocation to the SRELOC section.  */
   3210 
   3211 inline static bfd_vma
   3212 sh_elf_add_dyn_reloc (bfd *output_bfd, asection *sreloc, bfd_vma offset,
   3213 		      int reloc_type, long dynindx, bfd_vma addend)
   3214 {
   3215   Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
   3216   bfd_vma reloc_offset;
   3217 
   3218   outrel.r_offset = offset;
   3219   outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (dynindx, reloc_type);
   3220   outrel.r_addend = addend;
   3221 
   3222   reloc_offset = sreloc->reloc_count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   3223   BFD_ASSERT (reloc_offset < sreloc->size);
   3224   bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel,
   3225 			     sreloc->contents + reloc_offset);
   3226   sreloc->reloc_count++;
   3227 
   3228   return reloc_offset;
   3229 }
   3230 
   3231 /* Add an FDPIC read-only fixup.  */
   3232 
   3233 inline static void
   3234 sh_elf_add_rofixup (bfd *output_bfd, asection *srofixup, bfd_vma offset)
   3235 {
   3236   bfd_vma fixup_offset;
   3237 
   3238   fixup_offset = srofixup->reloc_count++ * 4;
   3239   BFD_ASSERT (fixup_offset < srofixup->size);
   3240   bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, offset, srofixup->contents + fixup_offset);
   3241 }
   3242 
   3243 /* Return the offset of the generated .got section from the
   3244    _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ symbol.  */
   3245 
   3246 static bfd_signed_vma
   3247 sh_elf_got_offset (struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab)
   3248 {
   3249   return (htab->root.sgot->output_offset - htab->root.sgotplt->output_offset
   3250 	  - htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.value);
   3251 }
   3252 
   3253 /* Find the segment number in which OSEC, and output section, is
   3254    located.  */
   3255 
   3256 static unsigned
   3257 sh_elf_osec_to_segment (bfd *output_bfd, asection *osec)
   3258 {
   3259   Elf_Internal_Phdr *p = NULL;
   3260 
   3261   if (output_bfd->xvec->flavour == bfd_target_elf_flavour
   3262       /* PR ld/17110: Do not look for output segments in an input bfd.  */
   3263       && output_bfd->direction != read_direction)
   3264     p = _bfd_elf_find_segment_containing_section (output_bfd, osec);
   3265 
   3266   /* FIXME: Nothing ever says what this index is relative to.  The kernel
   3267      supplies data in terms of the number of load segments but this is
   3268      a phdr index and the first phdr may not be a load segment.  */
   3269   return (p != NULL) ? p - elf_tdata (output_bfd)->phdr : -1;
   3270 }
   3271 
   3272 static bool
   3273 sh_elf_osec_readonly_p (bfd *output_bfd, asection *osec)
   3274 {
   3275   unsigned seg = sh_elf_osec_to_segment (output_bfd, osec);
   3276 
   3277   return (seg != (unsigned) -1
   3278 	  && ! (elf_tdata (output_bfd)->phdr[seg].p_flags & PF_W));
   3279 }
   3280 
   3281 /* Generate the initial contents of a local function descriptor, along
   3282    with any relocations or fixups required.  */
   3283 static bool
   3284 sh_elf_initialize_funcdesc (bfd *output_bfd,
   3285 			    struct bfd_link_info *info,
   3286 			    struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
   3287 			    bfd_vma offset,
   3288 			    asection *section,
   3289 			    bfd_vma value)
   3290 {
   3291   struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
   3292   int dynindx;
   3293   bfd_vma addr, seg;
   3294 
   3295   htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
   3296 
   3297   /* FIXME: The ABI says that the offset to the function goes in the
   3298      descriptor, along with the segment index.  We're RELA, so it could
   3299      go in the reloc instead... */
   3300 
   3301   if (h != NULL && SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h))
   3302     {
   3303       section = h->root.u.def.section;
   3304       value = h->root.u.def.value;
   3305     }
   3306 
   3307   if (h == NULL || SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h))
   3308     {
   3309       dynindx = elf_section_data (section->output_section)->dynindx;
   3310       addr = value + section->output_offset;
   3311       seg = sh_elf_osec_to_segment (output_bfd, section->output_section);
   3312     }
   3313   else
   3314     {
   3315       BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
   3316       dynindx = h->dynindx;
   3317       addr = seg = 0;
   3318     }
   3319 
   3320   if (!bfd_link_pic (info) && SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h))
   3321     {
   3322       if (h == NULL || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
   3323 	{
   3324 	  sh_elf_add_rofixup (output_bfd, htab->srofixup,
   3325 			      offset
   3326 			      + htab->sfuncdesc->output_section->vma
   3327 			      + htab->sfuncdesc->output_offset);
   3328 	  sh_elf_add_rofixup (output_bfd, htab->srofixup,
   3329 			      offset + 4
   3330 			      + htab->sfuncdesc->output_section->vma
   3331 			      + htab->sfuncdesc->output_offset);
   3332 	}
   3333 
   3334       /* There are no dynamic relocations so fill in the final
   3335 	 address and gp value (barring fixups).  */
   3336       addr += section->output_section->vma;
   3337       seg = htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.value
   3338 	+ htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
   3339 	+ htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.section->output_offset;
   3340     }
   3341   else
   3342     sh_elf_add_dyn_reloc (output_bfd, htab->srelfuncdesc,
   3343 			  offset
   3344 			  + htab->sfuncdesc->output_section->vma
   3345 			  + htab->sfuncdesc->output_offset,
   3346 			  R_SH_FUNCDESC_VALUE, dynindx, 0);
   3347 
   3348   bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, addr, htab->sfuncdesc->contents + offset);
   3349   bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, seg, htab->sfuncdesc->contents + offset + 4);
   3350 
   3351   return true;
   3352 }
   3353 
   3354 /* Install a 20-bit movi20 field starting at ADDR, which occurs in OUTPUT_BFD.
   3355    VALUE is the field's value.  Return bfd_reloc_ok if successful or an error
   3356    otherwise.  */
   3357 
   3358 static bfd_reloc_status_type
   3359 install_movi20_field (bfd *output_bfd, unsigned long relocation,
   3360 		      bfd *input_bfd, asection *input_section,
   3361 		      bfd_byte *contents, bfd_vma offset)
   3362 {
   3363   unsigned long cur_val;
   3364   bfd_byte *addr;
   3365   bfd_reloc_status_type r;
   3366 
   3367   if (offset > bfd_get_section_limit (input_bfd, input_section))
   3368     return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
   3369 
   3370   r = bfd_check_overflow (complain_overflow_signed, 20, 0,
   3371 			  bfd_arch_bits_per_address (input_bfd), relocation);
   3372   if (r != bfd_reloc_ok)
   3373     return r;
   3374 
   3375   addr = contents + offset;
   3376   cur_val = bfd_get_16 (output_bfd, addr);
   3377   bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, cur_val | ((relocation & 0xf0000) >> 12), addr);
   3378   bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, relocation & 0xffff, addr + 2);
   3379 
   3380   return bfd_reloc_ok;
   3381 }
   3382 
   3383 /* Relocate an SH ELF section.  */
   3384 
   3385 static int
   3386 sh_elf_relocate_section (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
   3387 			 bfd *input_bfd, asection *input_section,
   3388 			 bfd_byte *contents, Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs,
   3389 			 Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms,
   3390 			 asection **local_sections)
   3391 {
   3392   struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
   3393   Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
   3394   struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
   3395   Elf_Internal_Rela *rel, *relend;
   3396   bfd_vma *local_got_offsets;
   3397   asection *sgot = NULL;
   3398   asection *sgotplt = NULL;
   3399   asection *splt = NULL;
   3400   asection *sreloc = NULL;
   3401   asection *srelgot = NULL;
   3402   bool is_vxworks_tls;
   3403   unsigned isec_segment, got_segment, plt_segment, check_segment[2];
   3404   bool fdpic_p = false;
   3405 
   3406   if (!is_sh_elf (input_bfd))
   3407     {
   3408       bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format);
   3409       return false;
   3410     }
   3411 
   3412   htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
   3413   if (htab != NULL)
   3414     {
   3415       sgot = htab->root.sgot;
   3416       sgotplt = htab->root.sgotplt;
   3417       srelgot = htab->root.srelgot;
   3418       splt = htab->root.splt;
   3419       fdpic_p = htab->fdpic_p;
   3420     }
   3421   symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (input_bfd);
   3422   sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd);
   3423   local_got_offsets = elf_local_got_offsets (input_bfd);
   3424 
   3425   isec_segment = sh_elf_osec_to_segment (output_bfd,
   3426 					 input_section->output_section);
   3427   if (fdpic_p && sgot)
   3428     got_segment = sh_elf_osec_to_segment (output_bfd,
   3429 					  sgot->output_section);
   3430   else
   3431     got_segment = -1;
   3432   if (fdpic_p && splt)
   3433     plt_segment = sh_elf_osec_to_segment (output_bfd,
   3434 					  splt->output_section);
   3435   else
   3436     plt_segment = -1;
   3437 
   3438   /* We have to handle relocations in vxworks .tls_vars sections
   3439      specially, because the dynamic loader is 'weird'.  */
   3440   is_vxworks_tls = (htab && htab->root.target_os == is_vxworks && bfd_link_pic (info)
   3441 		    && !strcmp (input_section->output_section->name,
   3442 				".tls_vars"));
   3443 
   3444   rel = relocs;
   3445   relend = relocs + input_section->reloc_count;
   3446   for (; rel < relend; rel++)
   3447     {
   3448       int r_type;
   3449       reloc_howto_type *howto;
   3450       unsigned long r_symndx;
   3451       Elf_Internal_Sym *sym;
   3452       asection *sec;
   3453       struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
   3454       bfd_vma relocation;
   3455       bfd_vma addend = (bfd_vma) 0;
   3456       bfd_reloc_status_type r;
   3457       bfd_vma off;
   3458       enum got_type got_type;
   3459       const char *symname = NULL;
   3460       bool resolved_to_zero;
   3461 
   3462       r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
   3463 
   3464       r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info);
   3465 
   3466       /* Many of the relocs are only used for relaxing, and are
   3467 	 handled entirely by the relaxation code.  */
   3468       if (r_type >= (int) R_SH_GNU_VTINHERIT
   3469 	  && r_type <= (int) R_SH_LABEL)
   3470 	continue;
   3471       if (r_type == (int) R_SH_NONE)
   3472 	continue;
   3473 
   3474       if (r_type < 0
   3475 	  || r_type >= R_SH_max
   3476 	  || (r_type >= (int) R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC
   3477 	      && r_type <= (int) R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC)
   3478 	  || (r_type >= (int) R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_2
   3479 	      && r_type <= (int) R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_2)
   3480 	  || (   r_type >= (int) R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_3
   3481 	      && r_type <= (int) R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_3)
   3482 	  || (   r_type >= (int) R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_4
   3483 	      && r_type <= (int) R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_4)
   3484 	  || (   r_type >= (int) R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_5
   3485 	      && r_type <= (int) R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_5)
   3486 	  || (   r_type >= (int) R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_6
   3487 	      && r_type <= (int) R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_6))
   3488 	{
   3489 	  bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
   3490 	  return false;
   3491 	}
   3492 
   3493       howto = get_howto_table (output_bfd) + r_type;
   3494 
   3495       /* For relocs that aren't partial_inplace, we get the addend from
   3496 	 the relocation.  */
   3497       if (! howto->partial_inplace)
   3498 	addend = rel->r_addend;
   3499 
   3500       resolved_to_zero = false;
   3501       h = NULL;
   3502       sym = NULL;
   3503       sec = NULL;
   3504       check_segment[0] = -1;
   3505       check_segment[1] = -1;
   3506       if (r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
   3507 	{
   3508 	  sym = local_syms + r_symndx;
   3509 	  sec = local_sections[r_symndx];
   3510 
   3511 	  symname = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section
   3512 	    (input_bfd, symtab_hdr->sh_link, sym->st_name);
   3513 	  if (symname == NULL || *symname == '\0')
   3514 	    symname = bfd_section_name (sec);
   3515 
   3516 	  relocation = (sec->output_section->vma
   3517 			+ sec->output_offset
   3518 			+ sym->st_value);
   3519 
   3520 	  if (sec != NULL && discarded_section (sec))
   3521 	    /* Handled below.  */
   3522 	    ;
   3523 	  else if (bfd_link_relocatable (info))
   3524 	    {
   3525 	      /* This is a relocatable link.  We don't have to change
   3526 		 anything, unless the reloc is against a section symbol,
   3527 		 in which case we have to adjust according to where the
   3528 		 section symbol winds up in the output section.  */
   3529 	      if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_SECTION)
   3530 		{
   3531 		  if (! howto->partial_inplace)
   3532 		    {
   3533 		      /* For relocations with the addend in the
   3534 			 relocation, we need just to update the addend.
   3535 			 All real relocs are of type partial_inplace; this
   3536 			 code is mostly for completeness.  */
   3537 		      rel->r_addend += sec->output_offset;
   3538 
   3539 		      continue;
   3540 		    }
   3541 
   3542 		  /* Relocs of type partial_inplace need to pick up the
   3543 		     contents in the contents and add the offset resulting
   3544 		     from the changed location of the section symbol.
   3545 		     Using _bfd_final_link_relocate (e.g. goto
   3546 		     final_link_relocate) here would be wrong, because
   3547 		     relocations marked pc_relative would get the current
   3548 		     location subtracted, and we must only do that at the
   3549 		     final link.  */
   3550 		  r = _bfd_relocate_contents (howto, input_bfd,
   3551 					      sec->output_offset
   3552 					      + sym->st_value,
   3553 					      contents + rel->r_offset);
   3554 		  goto relocation_done;
   3555 		}
   3556 
   3557 	      continue;
   3558 	    }
   3559 	  else if (! howto->partial_inplace)
   3560 	    {
   3561 	      relocation = _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (output_bfd, sym, &sec, rel);
   3562 	      addend = rel->r_addend;
   3563 	    }
   3564 	  else if ((sec->flags & SEC_MERGE)
   3565 		   && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_SECTION)
   3566 	    {
   3567 	      asection *msec;
   3568 
   3569 	      if (howto->rightshift || howto->src_mask != 0xffffffff)
   3570 		{
   3571 		  _bfd_error_handler
   3572 		    /* xgettext:c-format */
   3573 		    (_("%pB(%pA+%#" PRIx64 "): "
   3574 		       "%s relocation against SEC_MERGE section"),
   3575 		     input_bfd, input_section,
   3576 		     (uint64_t) rel->r_offset, howto->name);
   3577 		  return false;
   3578 		}
   3579 
   3580 	      addend = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset);
   3581 	      msec = sec;
   3582 	      addend =
   3583 		_bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (output_bfd, sym, &msec, addend)
   3584 		- relocation;
   3585 	      addend += msec->output_section->vma + msec->output_offset;
   3586 	      bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, addend, contents + rel->r_offset);
   3587 	      addend = 0;
   3588 	    }
   3589 	}
   3590       else
   3591 	{
   3592 	  /* FIXME: Ought to make use of the RELOC_FOR_GLOBAL_SYMBOL macro.  */
   3593 
   3594 	  relocation = 0;
   3595 	  h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info];
   3596 	  symname = h->root.root.string;
   3597 	  while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
   3598 		 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
   3599 	    h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
   3600 	  if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
   3601 	      || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
   3602 	    {
   3603 	      bool dyn;
   3604 
   3605 	      dyn = htab ? htab->root.dynamic_sections_created : false;
   3606 	      sec = h->root.u.def.section;
   3607 	      /* In these cases, we don't need the relocation value.
   3608 		 We check specially because in some obscure cases
   3609 		 sec->output_section will be NULL.  */
   3610 	      if (r_type == R_SH_GOTPC
   3611 		  || r_type == R_SH_GOTPC_LOW16
   3612 		  || r_type == R_SH_GOTPC_MEDLOW16
   3613 		  || r_type == R_SH_GOTPC_MEDHI16
   3614 		  || r_type == R_SH_GOTPC_HI16
   3615 		  || ((r_type == R_SH_PLT32
   3616 		       || r_type == R_SH_PLT_LOW16
   3617 		       || r_type == R_SH_PLT_MEDLOW16
   3618 		       || r_type == R_SH_PLT_MEDHI16
   3619 		       || r_type == R_SH_PLT_HI16)
   3620 		      && h->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
   3621 		  || ((r_type == R_SH_GOT32
   3622 		       || r_type == R_SH_GOT20
   3623 		       || r_type == R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC
   3624 		       || r_type == R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20
   3625 		       || r_type == R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC
   3626 		       || r_type == R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20
   3627 		       || r_type == R_SH_FUNCDESC
   3628 		       || r_type == R_SH_GOT_LOW16
   3629 		       || r_type == R_SH_GOT_MEDLOW16
   3630 		       || r_type == R_SH_GOT_MEDHI16
   3631 		       || r_type == R_SH_GOT_HI16)
   3632 		      && WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn,
   3633 							  bfd_link_pic (info),
   3634 							  h)
   3635 		      && (! bfd_link_pic (info)
   3636 			  || (! info->symbolic && h->dynindx != -1)
   3637 			  || !h->def_regular))
   3638 		  /* The cases above are those in which relocation is
   3639 		     overwritten in the switch block below.  The cases
   3640 		     below are those in which we must defer relocation
   3641 		     to run-time, because we can't resolve absolute
   3642 		     addresses when creating a shared library.  */
   3643 		  || (bfd_link_pic (info)
   3644 		      && ((! info->symbolic && h->dynindx != -1)
   3645 			  || !h->def_regular)
   3646 		      && ((r_type == R_SH_DIR32
   3647 			   && !h->forced_local)
   3648 			  || (r_type == R_SH_REL32
   3649 			      && !SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)))
   3650 		      && ((input_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
   3651 			  /* DWARF will emit R_SH_DIR32 relocations in its
   3652 			     sections against symbols defined externally
   3653 			     in shared libraries.  We can't do anything
   3654 			     with them here.  */
   3655 			  || ((input_section->flags & SEC_DEBUGGING) != 0
   3656 			      && h->def_dynamic)))
   3657 		  /* Dynamic relocs are not propagated for SEC_DEBUGGING
   3658 		     sections because such sections are not SEC_ALLOC and
   3659 		     thus ld.so will not process them.  */
   3660 		  || (sec->output_section == NULL
   3661 		      && ((input_section->flags & SEC_DEBUGGING) != 0
   3662 			  && h->def_dynamic))
   3663 		  || (sec->output_section == NULL
   3664 		      && (sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type == GOT_TLS_IE
   3665 			  || sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type == GOT_TLS_GD)))
   3666 		;
   3667 	      else if (sec->output_section != NULL)
   3668 		relocation = (h->root.u.def.value
   3669 			      + sec->output_section->vma
   3670 			      + sec->output_offset);
   3671 	      else if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info)
   3672 		       && (_bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info,
   3673 						    input_section,
   3674 						    rel->r_offset)
   3675 			   != (bfd_vma) -1))
   3676 		{
   3677 		  _bfd_error_handler
   3678 		    /* xgettext:c-format */
   3679 		    (_("%pB(%pA+%#" PRIx64 "): "
   3680 		       "unresolvable %s relocation against symbol `%s'"),
   3681 		     input_bfd,
   3682 		     input_section,
   3683 		     (uint64_t) rel->r_offset,
   3684 		     howto->name,
   3685 		     h->root.root.string);
   3686 		  return false;
   3687 		}
   3688 	    }
   3689 	  else if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
   3690 	    resolved_to_zero = UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info, h);
   3691 	  else if (info->unresolved_syms_in_objects == RM_IGNORE
   3692 		   && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT)
   3693 	    ;
   3694 	  else if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info))
   3695             info->callbacks->undefined_symbol
   3696 	      (info, h->root.root.string, input_bfd, input_section,
   3697 	       rel->r_offset,
   3698 	       (info->unresolved_syms_in_objects == RM_DIAGNOSE
   3699 		&& !info->warn_unresolved_syms)
   3700 	       || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other));
   3701         }
   3702 
   3703       if (sec != NULL && discarded_section (sec))
   3704 	RELOC_AGAINST_DISCARDED_SECTION (info, input_bfd, input_section,
   3705 					 rel, 1, relend, howto, 0, contents);
   3706 
   3707       if (bfd_link_relocatable (info))
   3708 	continue;
   3709 
   3710       /* Check for inter-segment relocations in FDPIC files.  Most
   3711 	 relocations connect the relocation site to the location of
   3712 	 the target symbol, but there are some exceptions below.  */
   3713       check_segment[0] = isec_segment;
   3714       if (sec != NULL)
   3715 	check_segment[1] = sh_elf_osec_to_segment (output_bfd,
   3716 						   sec->output_section);
   3717       else
   3718 	check_segment[1] = -1;
   3719 
   3720       switch ((int) r_type)
   3721 	{
   3722 	final_link_relocate:
   3723 	  /* COFF relocs don't use the addend. The addend is used for
   3724 	     R_SH_DIR32 to be compatible with other compilers.  */
   3725 	  r = _bfd_final_link_relocate (howto, input_bfd, input_section,
   3726 					contents, rel->r_offset,
   3727 					relocation, addend);
   3728 	  break;
   3729 
   3730 	case R_SH_IND12W:
   3731 	  goto final_link_relocate;
   3732 
   3733 	case R_SH_DIR8WPN:
   3734 	case R_SH_DIR8WPZ:
   3735 	case R_SH_DIR8WPL:
   3736 	  /* If the reloc is against the start of this section, then
   3737 	     the assembler has already taken care of it and the reloc
   3738 	     is here only to assist in relaxing.  If the reloc is not
   3739 	     against the start of this section, then it's against an
   3740 	     external symbol and we must deal with it ourselves.  */
   3741 	  if (input_section->output_section->vma + input_section->output_offset
   3742 	      != relocation)
   3743 	    {
   3744 	      int disp = (relocation
   3745 			  - input_section->output_section->vma
   3746 			  - input_section->output_offset
   3747 			  - rel->r_offset);
   3748 	      int mask = 0;
   3749 	      switch (r_type)
   3750 		{
   3751 		case R_SH_DIR8WPN:
   3752 		case R_SH_DIR8WPZ: mask = 1; break;
   3753 		case R_SH_DIR8WPL: mask = 3; break;
   3754 		default: mask = 0; break;
   3755 		}
   3756 	      if (disp & mask)
   3757 		{
   3758 		  _bfd_error_handler
   3759 		    /* xgettext:c-format */
   3760 		    (_("%pB: %#" PRIx64 ": fatal: "
   3761 		       "unaligned branch target for relax-support relocation"),
   3762 		     input_section->owner,
   3763 		     (uint64_t) rel->r_offset);
   3764 		  bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
   3765 		  return false;
   3766 		}
   3767 	      relocation -= 4;
   3768 	      goto final_link_relocate;
   3769 	    }
   3770 	  r = bfd_reloc_ok;
   3771 	  break;
   3772 
   3773 	default:
   3774 	  bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
   3775 	  return false;
   3776 
   3777 	case R_SH_DIR16:
   3778 	case R_SH_DIR8:
   3779 	case R_SH_DIR8U:
   3780 	case R_SH_DIR8S:
   3781 	case R_SH_DIR4U:
   3782 	  goto final_link_relocate;
   3783 
   3784 	case R_SH_DIR8UL:
   3785 	case R_SH_DIR4UL:
   3786 	  if (relocation & 3)
   3787 	    {
   3788 	      _bfd_error_handler
   3789 		/* xgettext:c-format */
   3790 		(_("%pB: %#" PRIx64 ": fatal: "
   3791 		   "unaligned %s relocation %#" PRIx64),
   3792 		 input_section->owner, (uint64_t) rel->r_offset,
   3793 		 howto->name, (uint64_t) relocation);
   3794 	      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
   3795 	      return false;
   3796 	    }
   3797 	  goto final_link_relocate;
   3798 
   3799 	case R_SH_DIR8UW:
   3800 	case R_SH_DIR8SW:
   3801 	case R_SH_DIR4UW:
   3802 	  if (relocation & 1)
   3803 	    {
   3804 	      _bfd_error_handler
   3805 		/* xgettext:c-format */
   3806 		(_("%pB: %#" PRIx64 ": fatal: "
   3807 		   "unaligned %s relocation %#" PRIx64 ""),
   3808 		 input_section->owner,
   3809 		 (uint64_t) rel->r_offset, howto->name,
   3810 		 (uint64_t) relocation);
   3811 	      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
   3812 	      return false;
   3813 	    }
   3814 	  goto final_link_relocate;
   3815 
   3816 	case R_SH_PSHA:
   3817 	  if ((signed int)relocation < -32
   3818 	      || (signed int)relocation > 32)
   3819 	    {
   3820 	      _bfd_error_handler
   3821 		/* xgettext:c-format */
   3822 		(_("%pB: %#" PRIx64 ": fatal: R_SH_PSHA relocation %" PRId64
   3823 		   " not in range -32..32"),
   3824 		 input_section->owner,
   3825 		 (uint64_t) rel->r_offset,
   3826 		 (int64_t) relocation);
   3827 	      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
   3828 	      return false;
   3829 	    }
   3830 	  goto final_link_relocate;
   3831 
   3832 	case R_SH_PSHL:
   3833 	  if ((signed int)relocation < -16
   3834 	      || (signed int)relocation > 16)
   3835 	    {
   3836 	      _bfd_error_handler
   3837 		/* xgettext:c-format */
   3838 		(_("%pB: %#" PRIx64 ": fatal: R_SH_PSHL relocation %" PRId64
   3839 		   " not in range -32..32"),
   3840 		 input_section->owner,
   3841 		 (uint64_t) rel->r_offset,
   3842 		 (int64_t) relocation);
   3843 	      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
   3844 	      return false;
   3845 	    }
   3846 	  goto final_link_relocate;
   3847 
   3848 	case R_SH_DIR32:
   3849 	case R_SH_REL32:
   3850 	  if (bfd_link_pic (info)
   3851 	      && (h == NULL
   3852 		  || (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT
   3853 		      && !resolved_to_zero)
   3854 		  || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
   3855 	      && r_symndx != STN_UNDEF
   3856 	      && (input_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
   3857 	      && !is_vxworks_tls
   3858 	      && (r_type == R_SH_DIR32
   3859 		  || !SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)))
   3860 	    {
   3861 	      Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
   3862 	      bfd_byte *loc;
   3863 	      bool skip, relocate;
   3864 
   3865 	      /* When generating a shared object, these relocations
   3866 		 are copied into the output file to be resolved at run
   3867 		 time.  */
   3868 
   3869 	      if (sreloc == NULL)
   3870 		{
   3871 		  sreloc = _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_reloc_section
   3872 		    (input_bfd, input_section, /*rela?*/ true);
   3873 		  if (sreloc == NULL)
   3874 		    return false;
   3875 		}
   3876 
   3877 	      skip = false;
   3878 	      relocate = false;
   3879 
   3880 	      outrel.r_offset =
   3881 		_bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info, input_section,
   3882 					 rel->r_offset);
   3883 	      if (outrel.r_offset == (bfd_vma) -1)
   3884 		skip = true;
   3885 	      else if (outrel.r_offset == (bfd_vma) -2)
   3886 		skip = true, relocate = true;
   3887 	      outrel.r_offset += (input_section->output_section->vma
   3888 				  + input_section->output_offset);
   3889 
   3890 	      if (skip)
   3891 		memset (&outrel, 0, sizeof outrel);
   3892 	      else if (r_type == R_SH_REL32)
   3893 		{
   3894 		  BFD_ASSERT (h != NULL && h->dynindx != -1);
   3895 		  outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_SH_REL32);
   3896 		  outrel.r_addend
   3897 		    = (howto->partial_inplace
   3898 		       ? bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset)
   3899 		       : addend);
   3900 		}
   3901 	      else if (fdpic_p
   3902 		       && (h == NULL
   3903 			   || ((info->symbolic || h->dynindx == -1)
   3904 			       && h->def_regular)))
   3905 		{
   3906 		  int dynindx;
   3907 
   3908 		  BFD_ASSERT (sec != NULL);
   3909 		  BFD_ASSERT (sec->output_section != NULL);
   3910 		  dynindx = elf_section_data (sec->output_section)->dynindx;
   3911 		  outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (dynindx, R_SH_DIR32);
   3912 		  outrel.r_addend = relocation;
   3913 		  outrel.r_addend
   3914 		    += (howto->partial_inplace
   3915 			? bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset)
   3916 			: addend);
   3917 		  outrel.r_addend -= sec->output_section->vma;
   3918 		}
   3919 	      else
   3920 		{
   3921 		  /* h->dynindx may be -1 if this symbol was marked to
   3922 		     become local.  */
   3923 		  if (h == NULL
   3924 		      || ((info->symbolic || h->dynindx == -1)
   3925 			  && h->def_regular))
   3926 		    {
   3927 		      relocate = howto->partial_inplace;
   3928 		      outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_SH_RELATIVE);
   3929 		    }
   3930 		  else
   3931 		    {
   3932 		      BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
   3933 		      outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_SH_DIR32);
   3934 		    }
   3935 		  outrel.r_addend = relocation;
   3936 		  outrel.r_addend
   3937 		    += (howto->partial_inplace
   3938 			? bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset)
   3939 			: addend);
   3940 		}
   3941 
   3942 	      loc = sreloc->contents;
   3943 	      loc += sreloc->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   3944 	      bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
   3945 
   3946 	      check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
   3947 
   3948 	      /* If this reloc is against an external symbol, we do
   3949 		 not want to fiddle with the addend.  Otherwise, we
   3950 		 need to include the symbol value so that it becomes
   3951 		 an addend for the dynamic reloc.  */
   3952 	      if (! relocate)
   3953 		continue;
   3954 	    }
   3955 	  else if (fdpic_p && !bfd_link_pic (info)
   3956 		   && r_type == R_SH_DIR32
   3957 		   && (input_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
   3958 	    {
   3959 	      bfd_vma offset;
   3960 
   3961 	      BFD_ASSERT (htab);
   3962 
   3963 		if (sh_elf_osec_readonly_p (output_bfd,
   3964 					    input_section->output_section))
   3965 		  {
   3966 		    _bfd_error_handler
   3967 		      /* xgettext:c-format */
   3968 		      (_("%pB(%pA+%#" PRIx64 "): "
   3969 			 "cannot emit fixup to `%s' in read-only section"),
   3970 		       input_bfd,
   3971 		       input_section,
   3972 		       (uint64_t) rel->r_offset,
   3973 		       symname);
   3974 		    return false;
   3975 		  }
   3976 
   3977 	      offset = _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info,
   3978 						input_section, rel->r_offset);
   3979 	      if (offset != (bfd_vma)-1)
   3980 		sh_elf_add_rofixup (output_bfd, htab->srofixup,
   3981 				    input_section->output_section->vma
   3982 				    + input_section->output_offset
   3983 				    + rel->r_offset);
   3984 
   3985 	      check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
   3986 	    }
   3987 	    /* We don't want warnings for non-NULL tests on undefined weak
   3988 	       symbols.  */
   3989 	    else if (r_type == R_SH_REL32
   3990 		     && h
   3991 		     && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
   3992 	      check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
   3993 	  goto final_link_relocate;
   3994 
   3995 	case R_SH_GOTPLT32:
   3996 	  /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the
   3997 	     procedure linkage table.  */
   3998 
   3999 	  if (h == NULL
   4000 	      || h->forced_local
   4001 	      || ! bfd_link_pic (info)
   4002 	      || info->symbolic
   4003 	      || h->dynindx == -1
   4004 	      || h->plt.offset == (bfd_vma) -1
   4005 	      || h->got.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
   4006 	    goto force_got;
   4007 
   4008 	  /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the global
   4009 	     offset table extension for the procedure linkage table.  */
   4010 
   4011 	  BFD_ASSERT (htab);
   4012 	  BFD_ASSERT (sgotplt != NULL);
   4013 	  relocation = (sgotplt->output_offset
   4014 			+ (get_plt_index (htab->plt_info, h->plt.offset)
   4015 			   + 3) * 4);
   4016 
   4017 #ifdef GOT_BIAS
   4018 	  relocation -= GOT_BIAS;
   4019 #endif
   4020 
   4021 	  goto final_link_relocate;
   4022 
   4023 	force_got:
   4024 	case R_SH_GOT32:
   4025 	case R_SH_GOT20:
   4026 	  /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the global
   4027 	     offset table.  */
   4028 
   4029 	  BFD_ASSERT (htab);
   4030 	  BFD_ASSERT (sgot != NULL);
   4031 	  check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
   4032 
   4033 	  if (h != NULL)
   4034 	    {
   4035 	      bool dyn;
   4036 
   4037 	      off = h->got.offset;
   4038 	      BFD_ASSERT (off != (bfd_vma) -1);
   4039 
   4040 	      dyn = htab->root.dynamic_sections_created;
   4041 	      if (! WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn,
   4042 						     bfd_link_pic (info),
   4043 						     h)
   4044 		  || (bfd_link_pic (info)
   4045 		      && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h))
   4046 		  || ((ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other)
   4047 		       || resolved_to_zero)
   4048 		      && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
   4049 		{
   4050 		  /* This is actually a static link, or it is a
   4051 		     -Bsymbolic link and the symbol is defined
   4052 		     locally, or the symbol was forced to be local
   4053 		     because of a version file.  We must initialize
   4054 		     this entry in the global offset table.  Since the
   4055 		     offset must always be a multiple of 4, we use the
   4056 		     least significant bit to record whether we have
   4057 		     initialized it already.
   4058 
   4059 		     When doing a dynamic link, we create a .rela.got
   4060 		     relocation entry to initialize the value.  This
   4061 		     is done in the finish_dynamic_symbol routine.  */
   4062 		  if ((off & 1) != 0)
   4063 		    off &= ~1;
   4064 		  else
   4065 		    {
   4066 		      bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, relocation,
   4067 				  sgot->contents + off);
   4068 		      h->got.offset |= 1;
   4069 
   4070 		      /* If we initialize the GOT entry here with a valid
   4071 			 symbol address, also add a fixup.  */
   4072 		      if (fdpic_p && !bfd_link_pic (info)
   4073 			  && sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type == GOT_NORMAL
   4074 			  && (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT
   4075 			      || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
   4076 			sh_elf_add_rofixup (output_bfd, htab->srofixup,
   4077 					    sgot->output_section->vma
   4078 					    + sgot->output_offset
   4079 					    + off);
   4080 		    }
   4081 		}
   4082 
   4083 	      relocation = sh_elf_got_offset (htab) + off;
   4084 	    }
   4085 	  else
   4086 	    {
   4087 	      BFD_ASSERT (local_got_offsets != NULL
   4088 			  && local_got_offsets[r_symndx] != (bfd_vma) -1);
   4089 
   4090 	      off = local_got_offsets[r_symndx];
   4091 
   4092 	      /* The offset must always be a multiple of 4.  We use
   4093 		 the least significant bit to record whether we have
   4094 		 already generated the necessary reloc.  */
   4095 	      if ((off & 1) != 0)
   4096 		off &= ~1;
   4097 	      else
   4098 		{
   4099 		  bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, relocation, sgot->contents + off);
   4100 
   4101 		  if (bfd_link_pic (info))
   4102 		    {
   4103 		      Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
   4104 		      bfd_byte *loc;
   4105 
   4106 		      outrel.r_offset = (sgot->output_section->vma
   4107 					 + sgot->output_offset
   4108 					 + off);
   4109 		      if (fdpic_p)
   4110 			{
   4111 			  int dynindx
   4112 			    = elf_section_data (sec->output_section)->dynindx;
   4113 			  outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (dynindx, R_SH_DIR32);
   4114 			  outrel.r_addend = relocation;
   4115 			  outrel.r_addend -= sec->output_section->vma;
   4116 			}
   4117 		      else
   4118 			{
   4119 			  outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_SH_RELATIVE);
   4120 			  outrel.r_addend = relocation;
   4121 			}
   4122 		      loc = srelgot->contents;
   4123 		      loc += srelgot->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   4124 		      bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
   4125 		    }
   4126 		  else if (fdpic_p
   4127 			   && (sh_elf_local_got_type (input_bfd) [r_symndx]
   4128 			       == GOT_NORMAL))
   4129 		    sh_elf_add_rofixup (output_bfd, htab->srofixup,
   4130 					sgot->output_section->vma
   4131 					+ sgot->output_offset
   4132 					+ off);
   4133 
   4134 		  local_got_offsets[r_symndx] |= 1;
   4135 		}
   4136 
   4137 	      relocation = sh_elf_got_offset (htab) + off;
   4138 	    }
   4139 
   4140 #ifdef GOT_BIAS
   4141 	  relocation -= GOT_BIAS;
   4142 #endif
   4143 
   4144 	  if (r_type == R_SH_GOT20)
   4145 	    {
   4146 	      r = install_movi20_field (output_bfd, relocation + addend,
   4147 					input_bfd, input_section, contents,
   4148 					rel->r_offset);
   4149 	      break;
   4150 	    }
   4151 	  else
   4152 	    goto final_link_relocate;
   4153 
   4154 	case R_SH_GOTOFF:
   4155 	case R_SH_GOTOFF20:
   4156 	  /* GOTOFF relocations are relative to _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_, which
   4157 	     we place at the start of the .got.plt section.  This is the same
   4158 	     as the start of the output .got section, unless there are function
   4159 	     descriptors in front of it.  */
   4160 	  BFD_ASSERT (htab);
   4161 	  BFD_ASSERT (sgotplt != NULL);
   4162 	  check_segment[0] = got_segment;
   4163 	  relocation -= sgotplt->output_section->vma + sgotplt->output_offset
   4164 	    + htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.value;
   4165 
   4166 #ifdef GOT_BIAS
   4167 	  relocation -= GOT_BIAS;
   4168 #endif
   4169 
   4170 	  addend = rel->r_addend;
   4171 
   4172 	  if (r_type == R_SH_GOTOFF20)
   4173 	    {
   4174 	      r = install_movi20_field (output_bfd, relocation + addend,
   4175 					input_bfd, input_section, contents,
   4176 					rel->r_offset);
   4177 	      break;
   4178 	    }
   4179 	  else
   4180 	    goto final_link_relocate;
   4181 
   4182 	case R_SH_GOTPC:
   4183 	  /* Use global offset table as symbol value.  */
   4184 
   4185 	  BFD_ASSERT (sgotplt != NULL);
   4186 	  relocation = sgotplt->output_section->vma + sgotplt->output_offset;
   4187 
   4188 #ifdef GOT_BIAS
   4189 	  relocation += GOT_BIAS;
   4190 #endif
   4191 
   4192 	  addend = rel->r_addend;
   4193 
   4194 	  goto final_link_relocate;
   4195 
   4196 	case R_SH_PLT32:
   4197 	  /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the
   4198 	     procedure linkage table.  */
   4199 
   4200 	  /* Resolve a PLT reloc against a local symbol directly,
   4201 	     without using the procedure linkage table.  */
   4202 	  if (h == NULL)
   4203 	    goto final_link_relocate;
   4204 
   4205 	  /* We don't want to warn on calls to undefined weak symbols,
   4206 	     as calls to them must be protected by non-NULL tests
   4207 	     anyway, and unprotected calls would invoke undefined
   4208 	     behavior.  */
   4209 	  if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
   4210 	    check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
   4211 
   4212 	  if (h->forced_local)
   4213 	    goto final_link_relocate;
   4214 
   4215 	  if (h->plt.offset == (bfd_vma) -1)
   4216 	    {
   4217 	      /* We didn't make a PLT entry for this symbol.  This
   4218 		 happens when statically linking PIC code, or when
   4219 		 using -Bsymbolic.  */
   4220 	      goto final_link_relocate;
   4221 	    }
   4222 
   4223 	  BFD_ASSERT (splt != NULL);
   4224 	  check_segment[1] = plt_segment;
   4225 	  relocation = (splt->output_section->vma
   4226 			+ splt->output_offset
   4227 			+ h->plt.offset);
   4228 
   4229 	  addend = rel->r_addend;
   4230 
   4231 	  goto final_link_relocate;
   4232 
   4233 	/* Relocation is to the canonical function descriptor for this
   4234 	   symbol, possibly via the GOT.  Initialize the GOT
   4235 	   entry and function descriptor if necessary.  */
   4236 	case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC:
   4237 	case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20:
   4238 	case R_SH_FUNCDESC:
   4239 	  {
   4240 	    int dynindx = -1;
   4241 	    asection *reloc_section;
   4242 	    bfd_vma reloc_offset;
   4243 	    int reloc_type = R_SH_FUNCDESC;
   4244 
   4245 	    BFD_ASSERT (htab);
   4246 
   4247 	    check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
   4248 
   4249 	    /* FIXME: See what FRV does for global symbols in the
   4250 	       executable, with --export-dynamic.  Do they need ld.so
   4251 	       to allocate official descriptors?  See what this code
   4252 	       does.  */
   4253 
   4254 	    relocation = 0;
   4255 	    addend = 0;
   4256 
   4257 	    if (r_type == R_SH_FUNCDESC)
   4258 	      {
   4259 		reloc_section = input_section;
   4260 		reloc_offset = rel->r_offset;
   4261 	      }
   4262 	    else
   4263 	      {
   4264 		reloc_section = sgot;
   4265 
   4266 		if (h != NULL)
   4267 		  reloc_offset = h->got.offset;
   4268 		else
   4269 		  {
   4270 		    BFD_ASSERT (local_got_offsets != NULL);
   4271 		    reloc_offset = local_got_offsets[r_symndx];
   4272 		  }
   4273 		BFD_ASSERT (reloc_offset != MINUS_ONE);
   4274 
   4275 		if (reloc_offset & 1)
   4276 		  {
   4277 		    reloc_offset &= ~1;
   4278 		    goto funcdesc_done_got;
   4279 		  }
   4280 	      }
   4281 
   4282 	    if (h && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak
   4283 		&& (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)
   4284 		    || !htab->root.dynamic_sections_created))
   4285 	      /* Undefined weak symbol which will not be dynamically
   4286 		 resolved later; leave it at zero.  */
   4287 	      goto funcdesc_leave_zero;
   4288 	    else if (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)
   4289 		     && ! SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL (info, h))
   4290 	      {
   4291 		/* If the symbol needs a non-local function descriptor
   4292 		   but binds locally (i.e., its visibility is
   4293 		   protected), emit a dynamic relocation decayed to
   4294 		   section+offset.  This is an optimization; the dynamic
   4295 		   linker would resolve our function descriptor request
   4296 		   to our copy of the function anyway.  */
   4297 		dynindx = elf_section_data (h->root.u.def.section
   4298 					    ->output_section)->dynindx;
   4299 		relocation += h->root.u.def.section->output_offset
   4300 		  + h->root.u.def.value;
   4301 	      }
   4302 	    else if (! SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL (info, h))
   4303 	      {
   4304 		/* If the symbol is dynamic and there will be dynamic
   4305 		   symbol resolution because we are or are linked with a
   4306 		   shared library, emit a FUNCDESC relocation such that
   4307 		   the dynamic linker will allocate the function
   4308 		   descriptor.  */
   4309 		BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
   4310 		dynindx = h->dynindx;
   4311 	      }
   4312 	    else
   4313 	      {
   4314 		bfd_vma offset;
   4315 
   4316 		/* Otherwise, we know we have a private function
   4317 		   descriptor, so reference it directly.  */
   4318 		reloc_type = R_SH_DIR32;
   4319 		dynindx = elf_section_data (htab->sfuncdesc
   4320 					    ->output_section)->dynindx;
   4321 
   4322 		if (h)
   4323 		  {
   4324 		    offset = sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->funcdesc.offset;
   4325 		    BFD_ASSERT (offset != MINUS_ONE);
   4326 		    if ((offset & 1) == 0)
   4327 		      {
   4328 			if (!sh_elf_initialize_funcdesc (output_bfd, info, h,
   4329 							 offset, NULL, 0))
   4330 			  return false;
   4331 			sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->funcdesc.offset |= 1;
   4332 		      }
   4333 		  }
   4334 		else
   4335 		  {
   4336 		    union gotref *local_funcdesc;
   4337 
   4338 		    local_funcdesc = sh_elf_local_funcdesc (input_bfd);
   4339 		    offset = local_funcdesc[r_symndx].offset;
   4340 		    BFD_ASSERT (offset != MINUS_ONE);
   4341 		    if ((offset & 1) == 0)
   4342 		      {
   4343 			if (!sh_elf_initialize_funcdesc (output_bfd, info, NULL,
   4344 							 offset, sec,
   4345 							 sym->st_value))
   4346 			  return false;
   4347 			local_funcdesc[r_symndx].offset |= 1;
   4348 		      }
   4349 		  }
   4350 
   4351 		relocation = htab->sfuncdesc->output_offset + (offset & ~1);
   4352 	      }
   4353 
   4354 	    if (!bfd_link_pic (info) && SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL (info, h))
   4355 	      {
   4356 		bfd_vma offset;
   4357 
   4358 		if (sh_elf_osec_readonly_p (output_bfd,
   4359 					    reloc_section->output_section))
   4360 		  {
   4361 		    _bfd_error_handler
   4362 		      /* xgettext:c-format */
   4363 		      (_("%pB(%pA+%#" PRIx64 "): "
   4364 			 "cannot emit fixup to `%s' in read-only section"),
   4365 		       input_bfd,
   4366 		       input_section,
   4367 		       (uint64_t) rel->r_offset,
   4368 		       symname);
   4369 		    return false;
   4370 		  }
   4371 
   4372 		offset = _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info,
   4373 						  reloc_section, reloc_offset);
   4374 
   4375 		if (offset != (bfd_vma)-1)
   4376 		  sh_elf_add_rofixup (output_bfd, htab->srofixup,
   4377 				      offset
   4378 				      + reloc_section->output_section->vma
   4379 				      + reloc_section->output_offset);
   4380 	      }
   4381 	    else if ((reloc_section->output_section->flags
   4382 		      & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD)) == (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD))
   4383 	      {
   4384 		bfd_vma offset;
   4385 
   4386 		if (sh_elf_osec_readonly_p (output_bfd,
   4387 					    reloc_section->output_section))
   4388 		  {
   4389 		    info->callbacks->warning
   4390 		      (info,
   4391 		       _("cannot emit dynamic relocations in read-only section"),
   4392 		       symname, input_bfd, reloc_section, reloc_offset);
   4393 		    return false;
   4394 		  }
   4395 
   4396 		offset = _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info,
   4397 						  reloc_section, reloc_offset);
   4398 
   4399 		if (offset != (bfd_vma)-1)
   4400 		  sh_elf_add_dyn_reloc (output_bfd, srelgot,
   4401 					offset
   4402 					+ reloc_section->output_section->vma
   4403 					+ reloc_section->output_offset,
   4404 					reloc_type, dynindx, relocation);
   4405 
   4406 		if (r_type == R_SH_FUNCDESC)
   4407 		  {
   4408 		    r = bfd_reloc_ok;
   4409 		    break;
   4410 		  }
   4411 		else
   4412 		  {
   4413 		    relocation = 0;
   4414 		    goto funcdesc_leave_zero;
   4415 		  }
   4416 	      }
   4417 
   4418 	    if (SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL (info, h))
   4419 	      relocation += htab->sfuncdesc->output_section->vma;
   4420 	  funcdesc_leave_zero:
   4421 	    if (r_type != R_SH_FUNCDESC)
   4422 	      {
   4423 		bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, relocation,
   4424 			    reloc_section->contents + reloc_offset);
   4425 		if (h != NULL)
   4426 		  h->got.offset |= 1;
   4427 		else
   4428 		  local_got_offsets[r_symndx] |= 1;
   4429 
   4430 	      funcdesc_done_got:
   4431 
   4432 		relocation = sh_elf_got_offset (htab) + reloc_offset;
   4433 #ifdef GOT_BIAS
   4434 		relocation -= GOT_BIAS;
   4435 #endif
   4436 	      }
   4437 	    if (r_type == R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20)
   4438 	      {
   4439 		r = install_movi20_field (output_bfd, relocation + addend,
   4440 					  input_bfd, input_section, contents,
   4441 					  rel->r_offset);
   4442 		break;
   4443 	      }
   4444 	    else
   4445 	      goto final_link_relocate;
   4446 	  }
   4447 	  break;
   4448 
   4449 	case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC:
   4450 	case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20:
   4451 	  /* FIXME: See R_SH_FUNCDESC comment about global symbols in the
   4452 	     executable and --export-dynamic.  If such symbols get
   4453 	     ld.so-allocated descriptors we can not use R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC
   4454 	     for them.  */
   4455 	  BFD_ASSERT (htab);
   4456 
   4457 	  check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
   4458 	  relocation = 0;
   4459 	  addend = rel->r_addend;
   4460 
   4461 	  if (h && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak
   4462 		    || !SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL (info, h)))
   4463 	    {
   4464 	      _bfd_error_handler
   4465 		/* xgettext:c-format */
   4466 		(_("%pB(%pA+%#" PRIx64 "): "
   4467 		   "%s relocation against external symbol \"%s\""),
   4468 		 input_bfd, input_section, (uint64_t) rel->r_offset,
   4469 		 howto->name, h->root.root.string);
   4470 	      return false;
   4471 	    }
   4472 	  else
   4473 	    {
   4474 	      bfd_vma offset;
   4475 
   4476 	      /* Otherwise, we know we have a private function
   4477 		 descriptor, so reference it directly.  */
   4478 	      if (h)
   4479 		{
   4480 		  offset = sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->funcdesc.offset;
   4481 		  BFD_ASSERT (offset != MINUS_ONE);
   4482 		  if ((offset & 1) == 0)
   4483 		    {
   4484 		      if (!sh_elf_initialize_funcdesc (output_bfd, info, h,
   4485 						       offset, NULL, 0))
   4486 			return false;
   4487 		      sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->funcdesc.offset |= 1;
   4488 		    }
   4489 		}
   4490 	      else
   4491 		{
   4492 		  union gotref *local_funcdesc;
   4493 
   4494 		  local_funcdesc = sh_elf_local_funcdesc (input_bfd);
   4495 		  offset = local_funcdesc[r_symndx].offset;
   4496 		  BFD_ASSERT (offset != MINUS_ONE);
   4497 		  if ((offset & 1) == 0)
   4498 		    {
   4499 		      if (!sh_elf_initialize_funcdesc (output_bfd, info, NULL,
   4500 						       offset, sec,
   4501 						       sym->st_value))
   4502 			return false;
   4503 		      local_funcdesc[r_symndx].offset |= 1;
   4504 		    }
   4505 		}
   4506 
   4507 	      relocation = htab->sfuncdesc->output_offset + (offset & ~1);
   4508 	    }
   4509 
   4510 	  relocation -= (htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.value
   4511 			 + sgotplt->output_offset);
   4512 #ifdef GOT_BIAS
   4513 	  relocation -= GOT_BIAS;
   4514 #endif
   4515 
   4516 	  if (r_type == R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20)
   4517 	    {
   4518 	      r = install_movi20_field (output_bfd, relocation + addend,
   4519 					input_bfd, input_section, contents,
   4520 					rel->r_offset);
   4521 	      break;
   4522 	    }
   4523 	  else
   4524 	    goto final_link_relocate;
   4525 
   4526 	case R_SH_LOOP_START:
   4527 	  {
   4528 	    static bfd_vma start, end;
   4529 
   4530 	    start = (relocation + rel->r_addend
   4531 		     - (sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset));
   4532 	    r = sh_elf_reloc_loop (r_type, input_bfd, input_section, contents,
   4533 				   rel->r_offset, sec, start, end);
   4534 	    break;
   4535 
   4536 	case R_SH_LOOP_END:
   4537 	    end = (relocation + rel->r_addend
   4538 		   - (sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset));
   4539 	    r = sh_elf_reloc_loop (r_type, input_bfd, input_section, contents,
   4540 				   rel->r_offset, sec, start, end);
   4541 	    break;
   4542 	  }
   4543 
   4544 	case R_SH_TLS_GD_32:
   4545 	case R_SH_TLS_IE_32:
   4546 	  BFD_ASSERT (htab);
   4547 	  check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
   4548 	  r_type = sh_elf_optimized_tls_reloc (info, r_type, h == NULL);
   4549 	  got_type = GOT_UNKNOWN;
   4550 	  if (h == NULL && local_got_offsets)
   4551 	    got_type = sh_elf_local_got_type (input_bfd) [r_symndx];
   4552 	  else if (h != NULL)
   4553 	    {
   4554 	      got_type = sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type;
   4555 	      if (! bfd_link_pic (info)
   4556 		  && (h->dynindx == -1
   4557 		      || h->def_regular))
   4558 		r_type = R_SH_TLS_LE_32;
   4559 	    }
   4560 
   4561 	  if (r_type == R_SH_TLS_GD_32 && got_type == GOT_TLS_IE)
   4562 	    r_type = R_SH_TLS_IE_32;
   4563 
   4564 	  if (r_type == R_SH_TLS_LE_32)
   4565 	    {
   4566 	      bfd_vma offset;
   4567 	      unsigned short insn;
   4568 
   4569 	      if (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info) == R_SH_TLS_GD_32)
   4570 		{
   4571 		  /* GD->LE transition:
   4572 		       mov.l 1f,r4; mova 2f,r0; mov.l 2f,r1; add r0,r1;
   4573 		       jsr @r1; add r12,r4; bra 3f; nop; .align 2;
   4574 		       1: .long x$TLSGD; 2: .long __tls_get_addr@PLT; 3:
   4575 		     We change it into:
   4576 		       mov.l 1f,r4; stc gbr,r0; add r4,r0; nop;
   4577 		       nop; nop; ...
   4578 		       1: .long x@TPOFF; 2: .long __tls_get_addr@PLT; 3:.  */
   4579 
   4580 		  offset = rel->r_offset;
   4581 		  if (offset < 16)
   4582 		    {
   4583 		      _bfd_error_handler
   4584 			/* xgettext:c-format */
   4585 			(_("%pB(%pA): offset in relocation for GD->LE translation is too small: %#" PRIx64),
   4586 			 input_bfd, input_section, (uint64_t) offset);
   4587 		      return false;
   4588 		    }
   4589 
   4590 		  /* Size of GD instructions is 16 or 18.  */
   4591 		  offset -= 16;
   4592 		  insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0);
   4593 		  if ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xc700)
   4594 		    {
   4595 		      BFD_ASSERT (offset >= 2);
   4596 		      offset -= 2;
   4597 		      insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0);
   4598 		    }
   4599 
   4600 		  if ((insn & 0xff00) != 0xd400)
   4601 		    _bfd_error_handler
   4602 		      /* xgettext:c-format */  /* The backslash is to prevent bogus trigraph detection.  */
   4603 		      (_("%pB(%pA+%#" PRIx64 "): unexpected instruction %#04X (expected 0xd4?\?)"),
   4604 		       input_bfd, input_section, (uint64_t) offset, (int) insn);
   4605 
   4606 		  insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 2);
   4607 
   4608 		  if ((insn & 0xff00) != 0xc700)
   4609 		    _bfd_error_handler
   4610 		      /* xgettext:c-format */
   4611 		      (_("%pB(%pA+%#" PRIx64 "): unexpected instruction %#04X (expected 0xc7?\?)"),
   4612 		       input_bfd, input_section, (uint64_t) offset, (int) insn);
   4613 
   4614 		  insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 4);
   4615 		  if ((insn & 0xff00) != 0xd100)
   4616 		    _bfd_error_handler
   4617 		      /* xgettext:c-format */
   4618 		      (_("%pB(%pA+%#" PRIx64 "): unexpected instruction %#04X (expected 0xd1?\?)"),
   4619 		       input_bfd, input_section, (uint64_t) offset, (int) insn);
   4620 
   4621 		  insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 6);
   4622 		  if (insn != 0x310c)
   4623 		    _bfd_error_handler
   4624 		      /* xgettext:c-format */
   4625 		      (_("%pB(%pA+%#" PRIx64 "): unexpected instruction %#04X (expected 0x310c)"),
   4626 		       input_bfd, input_section, (uint64_t) offset, (int) insn);
   4627 
   4628 		  insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 8);
   4629 		  if (insn != 0x410b)
   4630 		    _bfd_error_handler
   4631 		      /* xgettext:c-format */
   4632 		      (_("%pB(%pA+%#" PRIx64 "): unexpected instruction %#04X (expected 0x410b)"),
   4633 		       input_bfd, input_section, (uint64_t) offset, (int) insn);
   4634 
   4635 		  insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 10);
   4636 		  if (insn != 0x34cc)
   4637 		    _bfd_error_handler
   4638 		      /* xgettext:c-format */
   4639 		      (_("%pB(%pA+%#" PRIx64 "): unexpected instruction %#04X (expected 0x34cc)"),
   4640 		       input_bfd, input_section, (uint64_t) offset, (int) insn);
   4641 
   4642 		  bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0012, contents + offset + 2);
   4643 		  bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x304c, contents + offset + 4);
   4644 		  bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 6);
   4645 		  bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 8);
   4646 		  bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 10);
   4647 		}
   4648 	      else
   4649 		{
   4650 		  int target;
   4651 
   4652 		  /* IE->LE transition:
   4653 		         mov.l 1f,r0;
   4654 		         stc gbr,rN;
   4655 		         mov.l @(r0,r12),rM;
   4656 		         bra 2f;
   4657 		         add ...;
   4658 		         .align 2;
   4659 		       1: x@GOTTPOFF;
   4660 		       2:
   4661 		     We change it into:
   4662 		         mov.l .Ln,rM;
   4663 			 stc gbr,rN;
   4664 			 nop;
   4665 			 ...;
   4666 		       1: x@TPOFF;
   4667 		       2:.  */
   4668 
   4669 		  offset = rel->r_offset;
   4670 		  if (offset < 16)
   4671 		    {
   4672 		      _bfd_error_handler
   4673 			/* xgettext:c-format */
   4674 			(_("%pB(%pA): offset in relocation for IE->LE translation is too small: %#" PRIx64),
   4675 			 input_bfd, input_section, (uint64_t) offset);
   4676 		      return false;
   4677 		    }
   4678 
   4679 		  /* Size of IE instructions is 10 or 12.  */
   4680 		  offset -= 10;
   4681 		  insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0);
   4682 		  if ((insn & 0xf0ff) == 0x0012)
   4683 		    {
   4684 		      BFD_ASSERT (offset >= 2);
   4685 		      offset -= 2;
   4686 		      insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0);
   4687 		    }
   4688 
   4689 		  if ((insn & 0xff00) != 0xd000)
   4690 		    _bfd_error_handler
   4691 		      /* xgettext:c-format */
   4692 		      (_("%pB(%pA+%#" PRIx64 "): unexpected instruction %#04X (expected 0xd0??: mov.l)"),
   4693 		       input_bfd, input_section, (uint64_t) offset, (int) insn);
   4694 
   4695 		  target = insn & 0x00ff;
   4696 
   4697 		  insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 2);
   4698 		  if ((insn & 0xf0ff) != 0x0012)
   4699 		    _bfd_error_handler
   4700 		      /* xgettext:c-format */
   4701 		      (_("%pB(%pA+%#" PRIx64 "): unexpected instruction %#04X (expected 0x0?12: stc)"),
   4702 		       input_bfd, input_section, (uint64_t) (offset + 2), (int) insn);
   4703 
   4704 		  insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 4);
   4705 		  if ((insn & 0xf0ff) != 0x00ce)
   4706 		    _bfd_error_handler
   4707 		      /* xgettext:c-format */
   4708 		      (_("%pB(%pA+%#" PRIx64 "): unexpected instruction %#04X (expected 0x0?ce: mov.l)"),
   4709 		       input_bfd, input_section, (uint64_t) (offset + 4), (int) insn);
   4710 
   4711 		  insn = 0xd000 | (insn & 0x0f00) | target;
   4712 		  bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, insn, contents + offset + 0);
   4713 		  bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 4);
   4714 		}
   4715 
   4716 	      bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, tpoff (info, relocation),
   4717 			  contents + rel->r_offset);
   4718 	      continue;
   4719 	    }
   4720 
   4721 	  if (sgot == NULL || sgotplt == NULL)
   4722 	    abort ();
   4723 
   4724 	  if (h != NULL)
   4725 	    off = h->got.offset;
   4726 	  else
   4727 	    {
   4728 	      if (local_got_offsets == NULL)
   4729 		abort ();
   4730 
   4731 	      off = local_got_offsets[r_symndx];
   4732 	    }
   4733 
   4734 	  /* Relocate R_SH_TLS_IE_32 directly when statically linking.  */
   4735 	  if (r_type == R_SH_TLS_IE_32
   4736 	      && ! htab->root.dynamic_sections_created)
   4737 	    {
   4738 	      off &= ~1;
   4739 	      bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, tpoff (info, relocation),
   4740 			  sgot->contents + off);
   4741 	      bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, sh_elf_got_offset (htab) + off,
   4742 			  contents + rel->r_offset);
   4743 	      continue;
   4744 	    }
   4745 
   4746 	  if ((off & 1) != 0)
   4747 	    off &= ~1;
   4748 	  else
   4749 	    {
   4750 	      Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
   4751 	      bfd_byte *loc;
   4752 	      int dr_type, indx;
   4753 
   4754 	      outrel.r_offset = (sgot->output_section->vma
   4755 				 + sgot->output_offset + off);
   4756 
   4757 	      if (h == NULL || h->dynindx == -1)
   4758 		indx = 0;
   4759 	      else
   4760 		indx = h->dynindx;
   4761 
   4762 	      dr_type = (r_type == R_SH_TLS_GD_32 ? R_SH_TLS_DTPMOD32 :
   4763 			 R_SH_TLS_TPOFF32);
   4764 	      if (dr_type == R_SH_TLS_TPOFF32 && indx == 0)
   4765 		outrel.r_addend = relocation - dtpoff_base (info);
   4766 	      else
   4767 		outrel.r_addend = 0;
   4768 	      outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, dr_type);
   4769 	      loc = srelgot->contents;
   4770 	      loc += srelgot->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   4771 	      bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
   4772 
   4773 	      if (r_type == R_SH_TLS_GD_32)
   4774 		{
   4775 		  if (indx == 0)
   4776 		    {
   4777 		      bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
   4778 				  relocation - dtpoff_base (info),
   4779 				  sgot->contents + off + 4);
   4780 		    }
   4781 		  else
   4782 		    {
   4783 		      outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx,
   4784 						    R_SH_TLS_DTPOFF32);
   4785 		      outrel.r_offset += 4;
   4786 		      outrel.r_addend = 0;
   4787 		      srelgot->reloc_count++;
   4788 		      loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   4789 		      bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
   4790 		    }
   4791 		}
   4792 
   4793 	      if (h != NULL)
   4794 		h->got.offset |= 1;
   4795 	      else
   4796 		local_got_offsets[r_symndx] |= 1;
   4797 	    }
   4798 
   4799 	  if (off >= (bfd_vma) -2)
   4800 	    abort ();
   4801 
   4802 	  if (r_type == (int) ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info))
   4803 	    relocation = sh_elf_got_offset (htab) + off;
   4804 	  else
   4805 	    {
   4806 	      bfd_vma offset;
   4807 	      unsigned short insn;
   4808 
   4809 	      /* GD->IE transition:
   4810 		   mov.l 1f,r4; mova 2f,r0; mov.l 2f,r1; add r0,r1;
   4811 		   jsr @r1; add r12,r4; bra 3f; nop; .align 2;
   4812 		   1: .long x$TLSGD; 2: .long __tls_get_addr@PLT; 3:
   4813 		 We change it into:
   4814 		   mov.l 1f,r0; stc gbr,r4; mov.l @(r0,r12),r0; add r4,r0;
   4815 		   nop; nop; bra 3f; nop; .align 2;
   4816 		   1: .long x@TPOFF; 2:...; 3:.  */
   4817 
   4818 	      offset = rel->r_offset;
   4819 	      if (offset < 16)
   4820 		{
   4821 		  _bfd_error_handler
   4822 		    /* xgettext:c-format */
   4823 		    (_("%pB(%pA): offset in relocation for GD->IE translation is too small: %#" PRIx64),
   4824 		     input_bfd, input_section, (uint64_t) offset);
   4825 		  return false;
   4826 		}
   4827 
   4828 	      /* Size of GD instructions is 16 or 18.  */
   4829 	      offset -= 16;
   4830 	      insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0);
   4831 	      if ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xc700)
   4832 		{
   4833 		  BFD_ASSERT (offset >= 2);
   4834 		  offset -= 2;
   4835 		  insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0);
   4836 		}
   4837 
   4838 	      BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xd400);
   4839 
   4840 	      /* Replace mov.l 1f,R4 with mov.l 1f,r0.  */
   4841 	      bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, insn & 0xf0ff, contents + offset);
   4842 
   4843 	      insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 2);
   4844 	      BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xc700);
   4845 	      insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 4);
   4846 	      BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xd100);
   4847 	      insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 6);
   4848 	      BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x310c);
   4849 	      insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 8);
   4850 	      BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x410b);
   4851 	      insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 10);
   4852 	      BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x34cc);
   4853 
   4854 	      bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0412, contents + offset + 2);
   4855 	      bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x00ce, contents + offset + 4);
   4856 	      bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x304c, contents + offset + 6);
   4857 	      bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 8);
   4858 	      bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 10);
   4859 
   4860 	      bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, sh_elf_got_offset (htab) + off,
   4861 			  contents + rel->r_offset);
   4862 
   4863 	      continue;
   4864 	  }
   4865 
   4866 	  addend = rel->r_addend;
   4867 
   4868 	  goto final_link_relocate;
   4869 
   4870 	case R_SH_TLS_LD_32:
   4871 	  BFD_ASSERT (htab);
   4872 	  check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
   4873 	  if (! bfd_link_pic (info))
   4874 	    {
   4875 	      bfd_vma offset;
   4876 	      unsigned short insn;
   4877 
   4878 	      /* LD->LE transition:
   4879 		   mov.l 1f,r4; mova 2f,r0; mov.l 2f,r1; add r0,r1;
   4880 		   jsr @r1; add r12,r4; bra 3f; nop; .align 2;
   4881 		   1: .long x$TLSLD; 2: .long __tls_get_addr@PLT; 3:
   4882 		 We change it into:
   4883 		   stc gbr,r0; nop; nop; nop;
   4884 		   nop; nop; bra 3f; ...; 3:.  */
   4885 
   4886 	      offset = rel->r_offset;
   4887 	      if (offset < 16)
   4888 		{
   4889 		  _bfd_error_handler
   4890 		    /* xgettext:c-format */
   4891 		    (_("%pB(%pA): offset in relocation for LD->LE translation is too small: %#" PRIx64),
   4892 		     input_bfd, input_section, (uint64_t) offset);
   4893 		  return false;
   4894 		}
   4895 
   4896 	      /* Size of LD instructions is 16 or 18.  */
   4897 	      offset -= 16;
   4898 	      insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0);
   4899 	      if ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xc700)
   4900 		{
   4901 		  BFD_ASSERT (offset >= 2);
   4902 		  offset -= 2;
   4903 		  insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0);
   4904 		}
   4905 
   4906 	      BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xd400);
   4907 	      insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 2);
   4908 	      BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xc700);
   4909 	      insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 4);
   4910 	      BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xd100);
   4911 	      insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 6);
   4912 	      BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x310c);
   4913 	      insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 8);
   4914 	      BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x410b);
   4915 	      insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 10);
   4916 	      BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x34cc);
   4917 
   4918 	      bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0012, contents + offset + 0);
   4919 	      bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 2);
   4920 	      bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 4);
   4921 	      bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 6);
   4922 	      bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 8);
   4923 	      bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 10);
   4924 
   4925 	      continue;
   4926 	    }
   4927 
   4928 	  if (sgot == NULL || sgotplt == NULL)
   4929 	    abort ();
   4930 
   4931 	  off = htab->tls_ldm_got.offset;
   4932 	  if (off & 1)
   4933 	    off &= ~1;
   4934 	  else
   4935 	    {
   4936 	      Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
   4937 	      bfd_byte *loc;
   4938 
   4939 	      outrel.r_offset = (sgot->output_section->vma
   4940 				 + sgot->output_offset + off);
   4941 	      outrel.r_addend = 0;
   4942 	      outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_SH_TLS_DTPMOD32);
   4943 	      loc = srelgot->contents;
   4944 	      loc += srelgot->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   4945 	      bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
   4946 	      htab->tls_ldm_got.offset |= 1;
   4947 	    }
   4948 
   4949 	  relocation = sh_elf_got_offset (htab) + off;
   4950 	  addend = rel->r_addend;
   4951 
   4952 	  goto final_link_relocate;
   4953 
   4954 	case R_SH_TLS_LDO_32:
   4955 	  check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
   4956 	  if (! bfd_link_pic (info))
   4957 	    relocation = tpoff (info, relocation);
   4958 	  else
   4959 	    relocation -= dtpoff_base (info);
   4960 
   4961 	  addend = rel->r_addend;
   4962 	  goto final_link_relocate;
   4963 
   4964 	case R_SH_TLS_LE_32:
   4965 	  {
   4966 	    int indx;
   4967 	    Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
   4968 	    bfd_byte *loc;
   4969 
   4970 	    check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
   4971 
   4972 	    if (!bfd_link_dll (info))
   4973 	      {
   4974 		relocation = tpoff (info, relocation);
   4975 		addend = rel->r_addend;
   4976 		goto final_link_relocate;
   4977 	      }
   4978 
   4979 	    if (sreloc == NULL)
   4980 	      {
   4981 		sreloc = _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_reloc_section
   4982 		  (input_bfd, input_section, /*rela?*/ true);
   4983 		if (sreloc == NULL)
   4984 		  return false;
   4985 	      }
   4986 
   4987 	    if (h == NULL || h->dynindx == -1)
   4988 	      indx = 0;
   4989 	    else
   4990 	      indx = h->dynindx;
   4991 
   4992 	    outrel.r_offset = (input_section->output_section->vma
   4993 			       + input_section->output_offset
   4994 			       + rel->r_offset);
   4995 	    outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, R_SH_TLS_TPOFF32);
   4996 	    if (indx == 0)
   4997 	      outrel.r_addend = relocation - dtpoff_base (info);
   4998 	    else
   4999 	      outrel.r_addend = 0;
   5000 
   5001 	    loc = sreloc->contents;
   5002 	    loc += sreloc->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   5003 	    bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
   5004 	    continue;
   5005 	  }
   5006 	}
   5007 
   5008     relocation_done:
   5009       if (fdpic_p && check_segment[0] != (unsigned) -1
   5010 	  && check_segment[0] != check_segment[1])
   5011 	{
   5012 	  /* We don't want duplicate errors for undefined symbols.  */
   5013 	  if (!h || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefined)
   5014 	    {
   5015 	      if (bfd_link_pic (info))
   5016 		{
   5017 		  info->callbacks->einfo
   5018 		    /* xgettext:c-format */
   5019 		    (_("%X%H: relocation to \"%s\" references a different segment\n"),
   5020 		     input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, symname);
   5021 		  return false;
   5022 		}
   5023 	      else
   5024 		info->callbacks->einfo
   5025 		  /* xgettext:c-format */
   5026 		  (_("%H: warning: relocation to \"%s\" references a different segment\n"),
   5027 		   input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, symname);
   5028 	    }
   5029 
   5030 	  elf_elfheader (output_bfd)->e_flags |= EF_SH_PIC;
   5031 	}
   5032 
   5033       if (r != bfd_reloc_ok)
   5034 	{
   5035 	  switch (r)
   5036 	    {
   5037 	    default:
   5038 	    case bfd_reloc_outofrange:
   5039 	      abort ();
   5040 	    case bfd_reloc_overflow:
   5041 	      {
   5042 		const char *name;
   5043 
   5044 		if (h != NULL)
   5045 		  name = NULL;
   5046 		else
   5047 		  {
   5048 		    name = (bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section
   5049 			    (input_bfd, symtab_hdr->sh_link, sym->st_name));
   5050 		    if (name == NULL)
   5051 		      return false;
   5052 		    if (*name == '\0')
   5053 		      name = bfd_section_name (sec);
   5054 		  }
   5055 		(*info->callbacks->reloc_overflow)
   5056 		  (info, (h ? &h->root : NULL), name, howto->name,
   5057 		   (bfd_vma) 0, input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset);
   5058 	      }
   5059 	      break;
   5060 	    }
   5061 	}
   5062     }
   5063 
   5064   return true;
   5065 }
   5066 
   5067 /* This is a version of bfd_generic_get_relocated_section_contents
   5068    which uses sh_elf_relocate_section.  */
   5069 
   5070 static bfd_byte *
   5071 sh_elf_get_relocated_section_contents (bfd *output_bfd,
   5072 				       struct bfd_link_info *link_info,
   5073 				       struct bfd_link_order *link_order,
   5074 				       bfd_byte *data,
   5075 				       bool relocatable,
   5076 				       asymbol **symbols)
   5077 {
   5078   Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
   5079   asection *input_section = link_order->u.indirect.section;
   5080   bfd *input_bfd = input_section->owner;
   5081   asection **sections = NULL;
   5082   Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs = NULL;
   5083   Elf_Internal_Sym *isymbuf = NULL;
   5084 
   5085   /* We only need to handle the case of relaxing, or of having a
   5086      particular set of section contents, specially.  */
   5087   if (relocatable
   5088       || elf_section_data (input_section)->this_hdr.contents == NULL)
   5089     return bfd_generic_get_relocated_section_contents (output_bfd, link_info,
   5090 						       link_order, data,
   5091 						       relocatable,
   5092 						       symbols);
   5093 
   5094   symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (input_bfd);
   5095 
   5096   bfd_byte *orig_data = data;
   5097   if (data == NULL)
   5098     {
   5099       data = bfd_malloc (input_section->size);
   5100       if (data == NULL)
   5101 	return NULL;
   5102     }
   5103   memcpy (data, elf_section_data (input_section)->this_hdr.contents,
   5104 	  (size_t) input_section->size);
   5105 
   5106   if ((input_section->flags & SEC_RELOC) != 0
   5107       && input_section->reloc_count > 0)
   5108     {
   5109       asection **secpp;
   5110       Elf_Internal_Sym *isym, *isymend;
   5111       bfd_size_type amt;
   5112 
   5113       internal_relocs = (_bfd_elf_link_read_relocs
   5114 			 (input_bfd, input_section, NULL,
   5115 			  (Elf_Internal_Rela *) NULL, false));
   5116       if (internal_relocs == NULL)
   5117 	goto error_return;
   5118 
   5119       if (symtab_hdr->sh_info != 0)
   5120 	{
   5121 	  isymbuf = (Elf_Internal_Sym *) symtab_hdr->contents;
   5122 	  if (isymbuf == NULL)
   5123 	    isymbuf = bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (input_bfd, symtab_hdr,
   5124 					    symtab_hdr->sh_info, 0,
   5125 					    NULL, NULL, NULL);
   5126 	  if (isymbuf == NULL)
   5127 	    goto error_return;
   5128 	}
   5129 
   5130       amt = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
   5131       amt *= sizeof (asection *);
   5132       sections = (asection **) bfd_malloc (amt);
   5133       if (sections == NULL && amt != 0)
   5134 	goto error_return;
   5135 
   5136       isymend = isymbuf + symtab_hdr->sh_info;
   5137       for (isym = isymbuf, secpp = sections; isym < isymend; ++isym, ++secpp)
   5138 	{
   5139 	  asection *isec;
   5140 
   5141 	  if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_UNDEF)
   5142 	    isec = bfd_und_section_ptr;
   5143 	  else if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_ABS)
   5144 	    isec = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
   5145 	  else if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_COMMON)
   5146 	    isec = bfd_com_section_ptr;
   5147 	  else
   5148 	    isec = bfd_section_from_elf_index (input_bfd, isym->st_shndx);
   5149 
   5150 	  *secpp = isec;
   5151 	}
   5152 
   5153       if (! sh_elf_relocate_section (output_bfd, link_info, input_bfd,
   5154 				     input_section, data, internal_relocs,
   5155 				     isymbuf, sections))
   5156 	goto error_return;
   5157 
   5158       free (sections);
   5159       if (symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) isymbuf)
   5160 	free (isymbuf);
   5161       if (elf_section_data (input_section)->relocs != internal_relocs)
   5162 	free (internal_relocs);
   5163     }
   5164 
   5165   return data;
   5166 
   5167  error_return:
   5168   free (sections);
   5169   if (symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) isymbuf)
   5170     free (isymbuf);
   5171   if (elf_section_data (input_section)->relocs != internal_relocs)
   5172     free (internal_relocs);
   5173   if (orig_data == NULL)
   5174     free (data);
   5175   return NULL;
   5176 }
   5177 
   5178 /* Return the base VMA address which should be subtracted from real addresses
   5179    when resolving @dtpoff relocation.
   5180    This is PT_TLS segment p_vaddr.  */
   5181 
   5182 static bfd_vma
   5183 dtpoff_base (struct bfd_link_info *info)
   5184 {
   5185   /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already.  */
   5186   if (elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec == NULL)
   5187     return 0;
   5188   return elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->vma;
   5189 }
   5190 
   5191 /* Return the relocation value for R_SH_TLS_TPOFF32..  */
   5192 
   5193 static bfd_vma
   5194 tpoff (struct bfd_link_info *info, bfd_vma address)
   5195 {
   5196   /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already.  */
   5197   if (elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec == NULL)
   5198     return 0;
   5199   /* SH TLS ABI is variant I and static TLS block start just after tcbhead
   5200      structure which has 2 pointer fields.  */
   5201   return (address - elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->vma
   5202 	  + align_power ((bfd_vma) 8,
   5203 			 elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->alignment_power));
   5204 }
   5205 
   5206 static asection *
   5207 sh_elf_gc_mark_hook (asection *sec,
   5208 		     struct bfd_link_info *info,
   5209 		     Elf_Internal_Rela *rel,
   5210 		     struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
   5211 		     Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
   5212 {
   5213   if (h != NULL)
   5214     switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info))
   5215       {
   5216       case R_SH_GNU_VTINHERIT:
   5217       case R_SH_GNU_VTENTRY:
   5218 	return NULL;
   5219       }
   5220 
   5221   return _bfd_elf_gc_mark_hook (sec, info, rel, h, sym);
   5222 }
   5223 
   5224 /* Copy the extra info we tack onto an elf_link_hash_entry.  */
   5225 
   5226 static void
   5227 sh_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
   5228 			     struct elf_link_hash_entry *dir,
   5229 			     struct elf_link_hash_entry *ind)
   5230 {
   5231   struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *edir, *eind;
   5232 
   5233   edir = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) dir;
   5234   eind = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) ind;
   5235 
   5236   edir->gotplt_refcount = eind->gotplt_refcount;
   5237   eind->gotplt_refcount = 0;
   5238   edir->funcdesc.refcount += eind->funcdesc.refcount;
   5239   eind->funcdesc.refcount = 0;
   5240   edir->abs_funcdesc_refcount += eind->abs_funcdesc_refcount;
   5241   eind->abs_funcdesc_refcount = 0;
   5242 
   5243   if (ind->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
   5244       && dir->got.refcount <= 0)
   5245     {
   5246       edir->got_type = eind->got_type;
   5247       eind->got_type = GOT_UNKNOWN;
   5248     }
   5249 
   5250   if (ind->root.type != bfd_link_hash_indirect
   5251       && dir->dynamic_adjusted)
   5252     {
   5253       /* If called to transfer flags for a weakdef during processing
   5254 	 of elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol, don't copy non_got_ref.
   5255 	 We clear it ourselves for ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS.  */
   5256       if (dir->versioned != versioned_hidden)
   5257 	dir->ref_dynamic |= ind->ref_dynamic;
   5258       dir->ref_regular |= ind->ref_regular;
   5259       dir->ref_regular_nonweak |= ind->ref_regular_nonweak;
   5260       dir->needs_plt |= ind->needs_plt;
   5261     }
   5262   else
   5263     _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect (info, dir, ind);
   5264 }
   5265 
   5266 static int
   5267 sh_elf_optimized_tls_reloc (struct bfd_link_info *info, int r_type,
   5268 			    int is_local)
   5269 {
   5270   if (bfd_link_pic (info))
   5271     return r_type;
   5272 
   5273   switch (r_type)
   5274     {
   5275     case R_SH_TLS_GD_32:
   5276     case R_SH_TLS_IE_32:
   5277       if (is_local)
   5278 	return R_SH_TLS_LE_32;
   5279       return R_SH_TLS_IE_32;
   5280     case R_SH_TLS_LD_32:
   5281       return R_SH_TLS_LE_32;
   5282     }
   5283 
   5284   return r_type;
   5285 }
   5286 
   5287 /* Look through the relocs for a section during the first phase.
   5288    Since we don't do .gots or .plts, we just need to consider the
   5289    virtual table relocs for gc.  */
   5290 
   5291 static bool
   5292 sh_elf_check_relocs (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info, asection *sec,
   5293 		     const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs)
   5294 {
   5295   Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
   5296   struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
   5297   struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
   5298   const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel;
   5299   const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel_end;
   5300   asection *sreloc;
   5301   unsigned int r_type;
   5302   enum got_type got_type, old_got_type;
   5303 
   5304   sreloc = NULL;
   5305 
   5306   if (bfd_link_relocatable (info))
   5307     return true;
   5308 
   5309   BFD_ASSERT (is_sh_elf (abfd));
   5310 
   5311   symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (abfd);
   5312   sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd);
   5313 
   5314   htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
   5315   if (htab == NULL)
   5316     return false;
   5317 
   5318   rel_end = relocs + sec->reloc_count;
   5319   for (rel = relocs; rel < rel_end; rel++)
   5320     {
   5321       struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
   5322       unsigned long r_symndx;
   5323 
   5324       r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
   5325       r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info);
   5326 
   5327       if (r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
   5328 	h = NULL;
   5329       else
   5330 	{
   5331 	  h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info];
   5332 	  while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
   5333 		 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
   5334 	    h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
   5335 	}
   5336 
   5337       r_type = sh_elf_optimized_tls_reloc (info, r_type, h == NULL);
   5338       if (! bfd_link_pic (info)
   5339 	  && r_type == R_SH_TLS_IE_32
   5340 	  && h != NULL
   5341 	  && h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefined
   5342 	  && h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak
   5343 	  && (h->dynindx == -1
   5344 	      || h->def_regular))
   5345 	r_type = R_SH_TLS_LE_32;
   5346 
   5347       if (htab->fdpic_p)
   5348 	switch (r_type)
   5349 	  {
   5350 	  case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC:
   5351 	  case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20:
   5352 	  case R_SH_FUNCDESC:
   5353 	  case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC:
   5354 	  case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20:
   5355 	    if (h != NULL)
   5356 	      {
   5357 		if (h->dynindx == -1)
   5358 		  switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other))
   5359 		    {
   5360 		    case STV_INTERNAL:
   5361 		    case STV_HIDDEN:
   5362 		      break;
   5363 		    default:
   5364 		      bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h);
   5365 		      break;
   5366 		    }
   5367 	      }
   5368 	    break;
   5369 	  }
   5370 
   5371       /* Some relocs require a global offset table.  */
   5372       if (htab->root.sgot == NULL)
   5373 	{
   5374 	  switch (r_type)
   5375 	    {
   5376 	    case R_SH_DIR32:
   5377 	      /* This may require an rofixup.  */
   5378 	      if (!htab->fdpic_p)
   5379 		break;
   5380 	      /* Fall through.  */
   5381 	    case R_SH_GOTPLT32:
   5382 	    case R_SH_GOT32:
   5383 	    case R_SH_GOT20:
   5384 	    case R_SH_GOTOFF:
   5385 	    case R_SH_GOTOFF20:
   5386 	    case R_SH_FUNCDESC:
   5387 	    case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC:
   5388 	    case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20:
   5389 	    case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC:
   5390 	    case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20:
   5391 	    case R_SH_GOTPC:
   5392 	    case R_SH_TLS_GD_32:
   5393 	    case R_SH_TLS_LD_32:
   5394 	    case R_SH_TLS_IE_32:
   5395 	      if (htab->root.dynobj == NULL)
   5396 		htab->root.dynobj = abfd;
   5397 	      if (!create_got_section (htab->root.dynobj, info))
   5398 		return false;
   5399 	      break;
   5400 
   5401 	    default:
   5402 	      break;
   5403 	    }
   5404 	}
   5405 
   5406       switch (r_type)
   5407 	{
   5408 	  /* This relocation describes the C++ object vtable hierarchy.
   5409 	     Reconstruct it for later use during GC.  */
   5410 	case R_SH_GNU_VTINHERIT:
   5411 	  if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtinherit (abfd, sec, h, rel->r_offset))
   5412 	    return false;
   5413 	  break;
   5414 
   5415 	  /* This relocation describes which C++ vtable entries are actually
   5416 	     used.  Record for later use during GC.  */
   5417 	case R_SH_GNU_VTENTRY:
   5418 	  if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtentry (abfd, sec, h, rel->r_addend))
   5419 	    return false;
   5420 	  break;
   5421 
   5422 	case R_SH_TLS_IE_32:
   5423 	  if (bfd_link_pic (info))
   5424 	    info->flags |= DF_STATIC_TLS;
   5425 
   5426 	  /* FALLTHROUGH */
   5427 	force_got:
   5428 	case R_SH_TLS_GD_32:
   5429 	case R_SH_GOT32:
   5430 	case R_SH_GOT20:
   5431 	case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC:
   5432 	case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20:
   5433 	  switch (r_type)
   5434 	    {
   5435 	    default:
   5436 	      got_type = GOT_NORMAL;
   5437 	      break;
   5438 	    case R_SH_TLS_GD_32:
   5439 	      got_type = GOT_TLS_GD;
   5440 	      break;
   5441 	    case R_SH_TLS_IE_32:
   5442 	      got_type = GOT_TLS_IE;
   5443 	      break;
   5444 	    case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC:
   5445 	    case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20:
   5446 	      got_type = GOT_FUNCDESC;
   5447 	      break;
   5448 	    }
   5449 
   5450 	  if (h != NULL)
   5451 	    {
   5452 	      h->got.refcount += 1;
   5453 	      old_got_type = sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type;
   5454 	    }
   5455 	  else
   5456 	    {
   5457 	      bfd_signed_vma *local_got_refcounts;
   5458 
   5459 	      /* This is a global offset table entry for a local
   5460 		 symbol.  */
   5461 	      local_got_refcounts = elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd);
   5462 	      if (local_got_refcounts == NULL)
   5463 		{
   5464 		  bfd_size_type size;
   5465 
   5466 		  size = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
   5467 		  size *= sizeof (bfd_signed_vma);
   5468 		  size += symtab_hdr->sh_info;
   5469 		  local_got_refcounts = ((bfd_signed_vma *)
   5470 					 bfd_zalloc (abfd, size));
   5471 		  if (local_got_refcounts == NULL)
   5472 		    return false;
   5473 		  elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd) = local_got_refcounts;
   5474 		  sh_elf_local_got_type (abfd)
   5475 		    = (char *) (local_got_refcounts + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
   5476 		}
   5477 	      local_got_refcounts[r_symndx] += 1;
   5478 	      old_got_type = sh_elf_local_got_type (abfd) [r_symndx];
   5479 	    }
   5480 
   5481 	  /* If a TLS symbol is accessed using IE at least once,
   5482 	     there is no point to use dynamic model for it.  */
   5483 	  if (old_got_type != got_type && old_got_type != GOT_UNKNOWN
   5484 	      && (old_got_type != GOT_TLS_GD || got_type != GOT_TLS_IE))
   5485 	    {
   5486 	      if (old_got_type == GOT_TLS_IE && got_type == GOT_TLS_GD)
   5487 		got_type = GOT_TLS_IE;
   5488 	      else
   5489 		{
   5490 		  if ((old_got_type == GOT_FUNCDESC || got_type == GOT_FUNCDESC)
   5491 		      && (old_got_type == GOT_NORMAL || got_type == GOT_NORMAL))
   5492 		    _bfd_error_handler
   5493 		      /* xgettext:c-format */
   5494 		      (_("%pB: `%s' accessed both as normal and FDPIC symbol"),
   5495 		       abfd, h->root.root.string);
   5496 		  else if (old_got_type == GOT_FUNCDESC
   5497 			   || got_type == GOT_FUNCDESC)
   5498 		    _bfd_error_handler
   5499 		      /* xgettext:c-format */
   5500 		      (_("%pB: `%s' accessed both as FDPIC and thread local symbol"),
   5501 		       abfd, h->root.root.string);
   5502 		  else
   5503 		    _bfd_error_handler
   5504 		      /* xgettext:c-format */
   5505 		      (_("%pB: `%s' accessed both as normal and thread local symbol"),
   5506 		       abfd, h->root.root.string);
   5507 		  return false;
   5508 		}
   5509 	    }
   5510 
   5511 	  if (old_got_type != got_type)
   5512 	    {
   5513 	      if (h != NULL)
   5514 		sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type = got_type;
   5515 	      else
   5516 		sh_elf_local_got_type (abfd) [r_symndx] = got_type;
   5517 	    }
   5518 
   5519 	  break;
   5520 
   5521 	case R_SH_TLS_LD_32:
   5522 	  sh_elf_hash_table(info)->tls_ldm_got.refcount += 1;
   5523 	  break;
   5524 
   5525 	case R_SH_FUNCDESC:
   5526 	case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC:
   5527 	case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20:
   5528 	  if (rel->r_addend)
   5529 	    {
   5530 	      _bfd_error_handler
   5531 		(_("%pB: Function descriptor relocation with non-zero addend"),
   5532 		 abfd);
   5533 	      return false;
   5534 	    }
   5535 
   5536 	  if (h == NULL)
   5537 	    {
   5538 	      union gotref *local_funcdesc;
   5539 
   5540 	      /* We need a function descriptor for a local symbol.  */
   5541 	      local_funcdesc = sh_elf_local_funcdesc (abfd);
   5542 	      if (local_funcdesc == NULL)
   5543 		{
   5544 		  bfd_size_type size;
   5545 
   5546 		  size = symtab_hdr->sh_info * sizeof (union gotref);
   5547 		  local_funcdesc = (union gotref *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, size);
   5548 		  if (local_funcdesc == NULL)
   5549 		    return false;
   5550 		  sh_elf_local_funcdesc (abfd) = local_funcdesc;
   5551 		}
   5552 	      local_funcdesc[r_symndx].refcount += 1;
   5553 
   5554 	      if (r_type == R_SH_FUNCDESC)
   5555 		{
   5556 		  if (!bfd_link_pic (info))
   5557 		    htab->srofixup->size += 4;
   5558 		  else
   5559 		    htab->root.srelgot->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   5560 		}
   5561 	    }
   5562 	  else
   5563 	    {
   5564 	      sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->funcdesc.refcount++;
   5565 	      if (r_type == R_SH_FUNCDESC)
   5566 		sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->abs_funcdesc_refcount++;
   5567 
   5568 	      /* If there is a function descriptor reference, then
   5569 		 there should not be any non-FDPIC references.  */
   5570 	      old_got_type = sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type;
   5571 	      if (old_got_type != GOT_FUNCDESC && old_got_type != GOT_UNKNOWN)
   5572 		{
   5573 		  if (old_got_type == GOT_NORMAL)
   5574 		    _bfd_error_handler
   5575 		      /* xgettext:c-format */
   5576 		      (_("%pB: `%s' accessed both as normal and FDPIC symbol"),
   5577 		       abfd, h->root.root.string);
   5578 		  else
   5579 		    _bfd_error_handler
   5580 		      /* xgettext:c-format */
   5581 		      (_("%pB: `%s' accessed both as FDPIC and thread local symbol"),
   5582 		       abfd, h->root.root.string);
   5583 		}
   5584 	    }
   5585 	  break;
   5586 
   5587 	case R_SH_GOTPLT32:
   5588 	  /* If this is a local symbol, we resolve it directly without
   5589 	     creating a procedure linkage table entry.  */
   5590 
   5591 	  if (h == NULL
   5592 	      || h->forced_local
   5593 	      || ! bfd_link_pic (info)
   5594 	      || info->symbolic
   5595 	      || h->dynindx == -1)
   5596 	    goto force_got;
   5597 
   5598 	  h->needs_plt = 1;
   5599 	  h->plt.refcount += 1;
   5600 	  ((struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) h)->gotplt_refcount += 1;
   5601 
   5602 	  break;
   5603 
   5604 	case R_SH_PLT32:
   5605 	  /* This symbol requires a procedure linkage table entry.  We
   5606 	     actually build the entry in adjust_dynamic_symbol,
   5607 	     because this might be a case of linking PIC code which is
   5608 	     never referenced by a dynamic object, in which case we
   5609 	     don't need to generate a procedure linkage table entry
   5610 	     after all.  */
   5611 
   5612 	  /* If this is a local symbol, we resolve it directly without
   5613 	     creating a procedure linkage table entry.  */
   5614 	  if (h == NULL)
   5615 	    continue;
   5616 
   5617 	  if (h->forced_local)
   5618 	    break;
   5619 
   5620 	  h->needs_plt = 1;
   5621 	  h->plt.refcount += 1;
   5622 	  break;
   5623 
   5624 	case R_SH_DIR32:
   5625 	case R_SH_REL32:
   5626 	  if (h != NULL && ! bfd_link_pic (info))
   5627 	    {
   5628 	      h->non_got_ref = 1;
   5629 	      h->plt.refcount += 1;
   5630 	    }
   5631 
   5632 	  /* If we are creating a shared library, and this is a reloc
   5633 	     against a global symbol, or a non PC relative reloc
   5634 	     against a local symbol, then we need to copy the reloc
   5635 	     into the shared library.  However, if we are linking with
   5636 	     -Bsymbolic, we do not need to copy a reloc against a
   5637 	     global symbol which is defined in an object we are
   5638 	     including in the link (i.e., DEF_REGULAR is set).  At
   5639 	     this point we have not seen all the input files, so it is
   5640 	     possible that DEF_REGULAR is not set now but will be set
   5641 	     later (it is never cleared).  We account for that
   5642 	     possibility below by storing information in the
   5643 	     dyn_relocs field of the hash table entry. A similar
   5644 	     situation occurs when creating shared libraries and symbol
   5645 	     visibility changes render the symbol local.
   5646 
   5647 	     If on the other hand, we are creating an executable, we
   5648 	     may need to keep relocations for symbols satisfied by a
   5649 	     dynamic library if we manage to avoid copy relocs for the
   5650 	     symbol.  */
   5651 	  if ((bfd_link_pic (info)
   5652 	       && (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
   5653 	       && (r_type != R_SH_REL32
   5654 		   || (h != NULL
   5655 		       && (! info->symbolic
   5656 			   || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak
   5657 			   || !h->def_regular))))
   5658 	      || (! bfd_link_pic (info)
   5659 		  && (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
   5660 		  && h != NULL
   5661 		  && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak
   5662 		      || !h->def_regular)))
   5663 	    {
   5664 	      struct elf_dyn_relocs *p;
   5665 	      struct elf_dyn_relocs **head;
   5666 
   5667 	      if (htab->root.dynobj == NULL)
   5668 		htab->root.dynobj = abfd;
   5669 
   5670 	      /* When creating a shared object, we must copy these
   5671 		 reloc types into the output file.  We create a reloc
   5672 		 section in dynobj and make room for this reloc.  */
   5673 	      if (sreloc == NULL)
   5674 		{
   5675 		  sreloc = _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_reloc_section
   5676 		    (sec, htab->root.dynobj, 2, abfd, /*rela?*/ true);
   5677 
   5678 		  if (sreloc == NULL)
   5679 		    return false;
   5680 		}
   5681 
   5682 	      /* If this is a global symbol, we count the number of
   5683 		 relocations we need for this symbol.  */
   5684 	      if (h != NULL)
   5685 		head = &h->dyn_relocs;
   5686 	      else
   5687 		{
   5688 		  /* Track dynamic relocs needed for local syms too.  */
   5689 		  asection *s;
   5690 		  void *vpp;
   5691 		  Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
   5692 
   5693 		  isym = bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab->root.sym_cache,
   5694 						abfd, r_symndx);
   5695 		  if (isym == NULL)
   5696 		    return false;
   5697 
   5698 		  s = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, isym->st_shndx);
   5699 		  if (s == NULL)
   5700 		    s = sec;
   5701 
   5702 		  vpp = &elf_section_data (s)->local_dynrel;
   5703 		  head = (struct elf_dyn_relocs **) vpp;
   5704 		}
   5705 
   5706 	      p = *head;
   5707 	      if (p == NULL || p->sec != sec)
   5708 		{
   5709 		  size_t amt = sizeof (*p);
   5710 		  p = bfd_alloc (htab->root.dynobj, amt);
   5711 		  if (p == NULL)
   5712 		    return false;
   5713 		  p->next = *head;
   5714 		  *head = p;
   5715 		  p->sec = sec;
   5716 		  p->count = 0;
   5717 		  p->pc_count = 0;
   5718 		}
   5719 
   5720 	      p->count += 1;
   5721 	      if (r_type == R_SH_REL32)
   5722 		p->pc_count += 1;
   5723 	    }
   5724 
   5725 	  /* Allocate the fixup regardless of whether we need a relocation.
   5726 	     If we end up generating the relocation, we'll unallocate the
   5727 	     fixup.  */
   5728 	  if (htab->fdpic_p && !bfd_link_pic (info)
   5729 	      && r_type == R_SH_DIR32
   5730 	      && (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
   5731 	    htab->srofixup->size += 4;
   5732 	  break;
   5733 
   5734 	case R_SH_TLS_LE_32:
   5735 	  if (bfd_link_dll (info))
   5736 	    {
   5737 	      _bfd_error_handler
   5738 		(_("%pB: TLS local exec code cannot be linked into shared objects"),
   5739 		 abfd);
   5740 	      return false;
   5741 	    }
   5742 
   5743 	  break;
   5744 
   5745 	case R_SH_TLS_LDO_32:
   5746 	  /* Nothing to do.  */
   5747 	  break;
   5748 
   5749 	default:
   5750 	  break;
   5751 	}
   5752     }
   5753 
   5754   return true;
   5755 }
   5756 
   5757 #ifndef sh_elf_set_mach_from_flags
   5758 static unsigned int sh_ef_bfd_table[] = { EF_SH_BFD_TABLE };
   5759 
   5760 static bool
   5761 sh_elf_set_mach_from_flags (bfd *abfd)
   5762 {
   5763   flagword flags = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_SH_MACH_MASK;
   5764 
   5765   if (flags >= ARRAY_SIZE (sh_ef_bfd_table))
   5766     return false;
   5767 
   5768   if (sh_ef_bfd_table[flags] == 0)
   5769     return false;
   5770 
   5771   bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd, bfd_arch_sh, sh_ef_bfd_table[flags]);
   5772 
   5773   return true;
   5774 }
   5775 
   5776 
   5777 /* Reverse table lookup for sh_ef_bfd_table[].
   5778    Given a bfd MACH value from archures.c
   5779    return the equivalent ELF flags from the table.
   5780    Return -1 if no match is found.  */
   5781 
   5782 int
   5783 sh_elf_get_flags_from_mach (unsigned long mach)
   5784 {
   5785   int i = ARRAY_SIZE (sh_ef_bfd_table) - 1;
   5786 
   5787   for (; i>0; i--)
   5788     if (sh_ef_bfd_table[i] == mach)
   5789       return i;
   5790 
   5791   /* shouldn't get here */
   5792   BFD_FAIL();
   5793 
   5794   return -1;
   5795 }
   5796 #endif /* not sh_elf_set_mach_from_flags */
   5797 
   5798 #ifndef sh_elf_copy_private_data
   5799 /* Copy backend specific data from one object module to another */
   5800 
   5801 static bool
   5802 sh_elf_copy_private_data (bfd * ibfd, bfd * obfd)
   5803 {
   5804   if (! is_sh_elf (ibfd) || ! is_sh_elf (obfd))
   5805     return true;
   5806 
   5807   if (! _bfd_elf_copy_private_bfd_data (ibfd, obfd))
   5808     return false;
   5809 
   5810   return sh_elf_set_mach_from_flags (obfd);
   5811 }
   5812 #endif /* not sh_elf_copy_private_data */
   5813 
   5814 #ifndef sh_elf_merge_private_data
   5815 
   5816 /* This function returns the ELF architecture number that
   5817    corresponds to the given arch_sh* flags.  */
   5818 
   5819 int
   5820 sh_find_elf_flags (unsigned int arch_set)
   5821 {
   5822   extern unsigned long sh_get_bfd_mach_from_arch_set (unsigned int);
   5823   unsigned long bfd_mach = sh_get_bfd_mach_from_arch_set (arch_set);
   5824 
   5825   return sh_elf_get_flags_from_mach (bfd_mach);
   5826 }
   5827 
   5828 /* Merge the architecture type of two BFD files, such that the
   5829    resultant architecture supports all the features required
   5830    by the two input BFDs.
   5831    If the input BFDs are multually incompatible - i.e. one uses
   5832    DSP while the other uses FPU - or there is no known architecture
   5833    that fits the requirements then an error is emitted.  */
   5834 
   5835 static bool
   5836 sh_merge_bfd_arch (bfd *ibfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
   5837 {
   5838   bfd *obfd = info->output_bfd;
   5839   unsigned int old_arch, new_arch, merged_arch;
   5840 
   5841   if (! _bfd_generic_verify_endian_match (ibfd, info))
   5842     return false;
   5843 
   5844   old_arch = sh_get_arch_up_from_bfd_mach (bfd_get_mach (obfd));
   5845   new_arch = sh_get_arch_up_from_bfd_mach (bfd_get_mach (ibfd));
   5846 
   5847   merged_arch = SH_MERGE_ARCH_SET (old_arch, new_arch);
   5848 
   5849   if (!SH_VALID_CO_ARCH_SET (merged_arch))
   5850     {
   5851       _bfd_error_handler
   5852 	/* xgettext:c-format */
   5853 	(_("%pB: uses %s instructions while previous modules "
   5854 	   "use %s instructions"),
   5855 	 ibfd,
   5856 	 SH_ARCH_SET_HAS_DSP (new_arch) ? "dsp" : "floating point",
   5857 	 SH_ARCH_SET_HAS_DSP (new_arch) ? "floating point" : "dsp");
   5858       bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
   5859       return false;
   5860     }
   5861   else if (!SH_VALID_ARCH_SET (merged_arch))
   5862     {
   5863       _bfd_error_handler
   5864 	/* xgettext:c-format */
   5865 	(_("internal error: merge of architecture '%s' with "
   5866 	   "architecture '%s' produced unknown architecture"),
   5867 	 bfd_printable_name (obfd),
   5868 	 bfd_printable_name (ibfd));
   5869       bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
   5870       return false;
   5871     }
   5872 
   5873   bfd_default_set_arch_mach (obfd, bfd_arch_sh,
   5874 			     sh_get_bfd_mach_from_arch_set (merged_arch));
   5875 
   5876   return true;
   5877 }
   5878 
   5879 /* This routine initialises the elf flags when required and
   5880    calls sh_merge_bfd_arch() to check dsp/fpu compatibility.  */
   5881 
   5882 static bool
   5883 sh_elf_merge_private_data (bfd *ibfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
   5884 {
   5885   bfd *obfd = info->output_bfd;
   5886 
   5887   /* FIXME: What should be checked when linking shared libraries?  */
   5888   if ((ibfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0)
   5889     return true;
   5890 
   5891   if (! is_sh_elf (ibfd) || ! is_sh_elf (obfd))
   5892     return true;
   5893 
   5894   if (! elf_flags_init (obfd))
   5895     {
   5896       /* This happens when ld starts out with a 'blank' output file.  */
   5897       elf_flags_init (obfd) = true;
   5898       elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_flags;
   5899       sh_elf_set_mach_from_flags (obfd);
   5900       if (elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags & EF_SH_FDPIC)
   5901 	elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags &= ~EF_SH_PIC;
   5902     }
   5903 
   5904   if (! sh_merge_bfd_arch (ibfd, info))
   5905     {
   5906       _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: uses instructions which are incompatible "
   5907 			    "with instructions used in previous modules"),
   5908 			  ibfd);
   5909       bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
   5910       return false;
   5911     }
   5912 
   5913   elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags &= ~EF_SH_MACH_MASK;
   5914   elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags |=
   5915     sh_elf_get_flags_from_mach (bfd_get_mach (obfd));
   5916 
   5917   if (fdpic_object_p (ibfd) != fdpic_object_p (obfd))
   5918     {
   5919       _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: attempt to mix FDPIC and non-FDPIC objects"),
   5920 			  ibfd);
   5921       bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
   5922       return false;
   5923     }
   5924 
   5925   return true;
   5926 }
   5927 #endif /* not sh_elf_merge_private_data */
   5928 
   5929 /* Override the generic function because we need to store sh_elf_obj_tdata
   5930    as the specific tdata.  We set also the machine architecture from flags
   5931    here.  */
   5932 
   5933 static bool
   5934 sh_elf_object_p (bfd *abfd)
   5935 {
   5936   if (! sh_elf_set_mach_from_flags (abfd))
   5937     return false;
   5938 
   5939   return (((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_SH_FDPIC) != 0)
   5940 	  == fdpic_object_p (abfd));
   5941 }
   5942 
   5943 /* Finish up dynamic symbol handling.  We set the contents of various
   5944    dynamic sections here.  */
   5945 
   5946 static bool
   5947 sh_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
   5948 			      struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
   5949 			      Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
   5950 {
   5951   struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
   5952 
   5953   htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
   5954   if (htab == NULL)
   5955     return false;
   5956 
   5957   if (h->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
   5958     {
   5959       asection *splt;
   5960       asection *sgotplt;
   5961       asection *srelplt;
   5962 
   5963       bfd_vma plt_index;
   5964       bfd_vma got_offset;
   5965       Elf_Internal_Rela rel;
   5966       bfd_byte *loc;
   5967       const struct elf_sh_plt_info *plt_info;
   5968 
   5969       /* This symbol has an entry in the procedure linkage table.  Set
   5970 	 it up.  */
   5971 
   5972       BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
   5973 
   5974       splt = htab->root.splt;
   5975       sgotplt = htab->root.sgotplt;
   5976       srelplt = htab->root.srelplt;
   5977       BFD_ASSERT (splt != NULL && sgotplt != NULL && srelplt != NULL);
   5978 
   5979       /* Get the index in the procedure linkage table which
   5980 	 corresponds to this symbol.  This is the index of this symbol
   5981 	 in all the symbols for which we are making plt entries.  The
   5982 	 first entry in the procedure linkage table is reserved.  */
   5983       plt_index = get_plt_index (htab->plt_info, h->plt.offset);
   5984 
   5985       plt_info = htab->plt_info;
   5986       if (plt_info->short_plt != NULL && plt_index <= MAX_SHORT_PLT)
   5987 	plt_info = plt_info->short_plt;
   5988 
   5989       /* Get the offset into the .got table of the entry that
   5990 	 corresponds to this function.  */
   5991       if (htab->fdpic_p)
   5992 	/* The offset must be relative to the GOT symbol, twelve bytes
   5993 	   before the end of .got.plt.  Each descriptor is eight
   5994 	   bytes.  */
   5995 	got_offset = plt_index * 8 + 12 - sgotplt->size;
   5996       else
   5997 	/* Each .got entry is 4 bytes.  The first three are
   5998 	   reserved.  */
   5999 	got_offset = (plt_index + 3) * 4;
   6000 
   6001 #ifdef GOT_BIAS
   6002       if (bfd_link_pic (info))
   6003 	got_offset -= GOT_BIAS;
   6004 #endif
   6005 
   6006       /* Fill in the entry in the procedure linkage table.  */
   6007       memcpy (splt->contents + h->plt.offset,
   6008 	      plt_info->symbol_entry,
   6009 	      plt_info->symbol_entry_size);
   6010 
   6011       if (bfd_link_pic (info) || htab->fdpic_p)
   6012 	{
   6013 	  if (plt_info->symbol_fields.got20)
   6014 	    {
   6015 	      bfd_reloc_status_type r;
   6016 	      r = install_movi20_field (output_bfd, got_offset,
   6017 					splt->owner, splt, splt->contents,
   6018 					h->plt.offset
   6019 					+ plt_info->symbol_fields.got_entry);
   6020 	      BFD_ASSERT (r == bfd_reloc_ok);
   6021 	    }
   6022 	  else
   6023 	    install_plt_field (output_bfd, false, got_offset,
   6024 			       (splt->contents
   6025 				+ h->plt.offset
   6026 				+ plt_info->symbol_fields.got_entry));
   6027 	}
   6028       else
   6029 	{
   6030 	  BFD_ASSERT (!plt_info->symbol_fields.got20);
   6031 
   6032 	  install_plt_field (output_bfd, false,
   6033 			     (sgotplt->output_section->vma
   6034 			      + sgotplt->output_offset
   6035 			      + got_offset),
   6036 			     (splt->contents
   6037 			      + h->plt.offset
   6038 			      + plt_info->symbol_fields.got_entry));
   6039 	  if (htab->root.target_os == is_vxworks)
   6040 	    {
   6041 	      unsigned int reachable_plts, plts_per_4k;
   6042 	      int distance;
   6043 
   6044 	      /* Divide the PLT into groups.  The first group contains
   6045 		 REACHABLE_PLTS entries and the other groups contain
   6046 		 PLTS_PER_4K entries.  Entries in the first group can
   6047 		 branch directly to .plt; those in later groups branch
   6048 		 to the last element of the previous group.  */
   6049 	      /* ??? It would be better to create multiple copies of
   6050 		 the common resolver stub.  */
   6051 	      reachable_plts = ((4096
   6052 				 - plt_info->plt0_entry_size
   6053 				 - (plt_info->symbol_fields.plt + 4))
   6054 				/ plt_info->symbol_entry_size) + 1;
   6055 	      plts_per_4k = (4096 / plt_info->symbol_entry_size);
   6056 	      if (plt_index < reachable_plts)
   6057 		distance = -(h->plt.offset
   6058 			     + plt_info->symbol_fields.plt);
   6059 	      else
   6060 		distance = -(((plt_index - reachable_plts) % plts_per_4k + 1)
   6061 			     * plt_info->symbol_entry_size);
   6062 
   6063 	      /* Install the 'bra' with this offset.  */
   6064 	      bfd_put_16 (output_bfd,
   6065 			  0xa000 | (0x0fff & ((distance - 4) / 2)),
   6066 			  (splt->contents
   6067 			   + h->plt.offset
   6068 			   + plt_info->symbol_fields.plt));
   6069 	    }
   6070 	  else
   6071 	    install_plt_field (output_bfd, true,
   6072 			       splt->output_section->vma + splt->output_offset,
   6073 			       (splt->contents
   6074 				+ h->plt.offset
   6075 				+ plt_info->symbol_fields.plt));
   6076 	}
   6077 
   6078       /* Make got_offset relative to the start of .got.plt.  */
   6079 #ifdef GOT_BIAS
   6080       if (bfd_link_pic (info))
   6081 	got_offset += GOT_BIAS;
   6082 #endif
   6083       if (htab->fdpic_p)
   6084 	got_offset = plt_index * 8;
   6085 
   6086       if (plt_info->symbol_fields.reloc_offset != MINUS_ONE)
   6087 	install_plt_field (output_bfd, false,
   6088 			   plt_index * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela),
   6089 			   (splt->contents
   6090 			    + h->plt.offset
   6091 			    + plt_info->symbol_fields.reloc_offset));
   6092 
   6093       /* Fill in the entry in the global offset table.  */
   6094       bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
   6095 		  (splt->output_section->vma
   6096 		   + splt->output_offset
   6097 		   + h->plt.offset
   6098 		   + plt_info->symbol_resolve_offset),
   6099 		  sgotplt->contents + got_offset);
   6100       if (htab->fdpic_p)
   6101 	bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
   6102 		    sh_elf_osec_to_segment (output_bfd, splt->output_section),
   6103 		    sgotplt->contents + got_offset + 4);
   6104 
   6105       /* Fill in the entry in the .rela.plt section.  */
   6106       rel.r_offset = (sgotplt->output_section->vma
   6107 		      + sgotplt->output_offset
   6108 		      + got_offset);
   6109       if (htab->fdpic_p)
   6110 	rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_SH_FUNCDESC_VALUE);
   6111       else
   6112 	rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_SH_JMP_SLOT);
   6113       rel.r_addend = 0;
   6114 #ifdef GOT_BIAS
   6115       rel.r_addend = GOT_BIAS;
   6116 #endif
   6117       loc = srelplt->contents + plt_index * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   6118       bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
   6119 
   6120       if (htab->root.target_os == is_vxworks && !bfd_link_pic (info))
   6121 	{
   6122 	  /* Create the .rela.plt.unloaded relocations for this PLT entry.
   6123 	     Begin by pointing LOC to the first such relocation.  */
   6124 	  loc = (htab->srelplt2->contents
   6125 		 + (plt_index * 2 + 1) * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela));
   6126 
   6127 	  /* Create a .rela.plt.unloaded R_SH_DIR32 relocation
   6128 	     for the PLT entry's pointer to the .got.plt entry.  */
   6129 	  rel.r_offset = (splt->output_section->vma
   6130 			  + splt->output_offset
   6131 			  + h->plt.offset
   6132 			  + plt_info->symbol_fields.got_entry);
   6133 	  rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hgot->indx, R_SH_DIR32);
   6134 	  rel.r_addend = got_offset;
   6135 	  bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
   6136 	  loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   6137 
   6138 	  /* Create a .rela.plt.unloaded R_SH_DIR32 relocation for
   6139 	     the .got.plt entry, which initially points to .plt.  */
   6140 	  rel.r_offset = (sgotplt->output_section->vma
   6141 			  + sgotplt->output_offset
   6142 			  + got_offset);
   6143 	  rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hplt->indx, R_SH_DIR32);
   6144 	  rel.r_addend = 0;
   6145 	  bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
   6146 	}
   6147 
   6148       if (!h->def_regular)
   6149 	{
   6150 	  /* Mark the symbol as undefined, rather than as defined in
   6151 	     the .plt section.  Leave the value alone.  */
   6152 	  sym->st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF;
   6153 	}
   6154     }
   6155 
   6156   if (h->got.offset != (bfd_vma) -1
   6157       && sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type != GOT_TLS_GD
   6158       && sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type != GOT_TLS_IE
   6159       && sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type != GOT_FUNCDESC)
   6160     {
   6161       asection *sgot;
   6162       asection *srelgot;
   6163       Elf_Internal_Rela rel;
   6164       bfd_byte *loc;
   6165 
   6166       /* This symbol has an entry in the global offset table.  Set it
   6167 	 up.  */
   6168 
   6169       sgot = htab->root.sgot;
   6170       srelgot = htab->root.srelgot;
   6171       BFD_ASSERT (sgot != NULL && srelgot != NULL);
   6172 
   6173       rel.r_offset = (sgot->output_section->vma
   6174 		      + sgot->output_offset
   6175 		      + (h->got.offset &~ (bfd_vma) 1));
   6176 
   6177       /* If this is a static link, or it is a -Bsymbolic link and the
   6178 	 symbol is defined locally or was forced to be local because
   6179 	 of a version file, we just want to emit a RELATIVE reloc.
   6180 	 The entry in the global offset table will already have been
   6181 	 initialized in the relocate_section function.  */
   6182       if (bfd_link_pic (info)
   6183 	  && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
   6184 	      || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
   6185 	  && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h))
   6186 	{
   6187 	  if (htab->fdpic_p)
   6188 	    {
   6189 	      asection *sec = h->root.u.def.section;
   6190 	      int dynindx
   6191 		= elf_section_data (sec->output_section)->dynindx;
   6192 
   6193 	      rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (dynindx, R_SH_DIR32);
   6194 	      rel.r_addend = (h->root.u.def.value
   6195 			      + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset);
   6196 	    }
   6197 	  else
   6198 	    {
   6199 	      rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_SH_RELATIVE);
   6200 	      rel.r_addend = (h->root.u.def.value
   6201 			      + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
   6202 			      + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset);
   6203 	    }
   6204 	}
   6205       else
   6206 	{
   6207 	  bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, sgot->contents + h->got.offset);
   6208 	  rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_SH_GLOB_DAT);
   6209 	  rel.r_addend = 0;
   6210 	}
   6211 
   6212       loc = srelgot->contents;
   6213       loc += srelgot->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   6214       bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
   6215     }
   6216 
   6217   if (h->needs_copy)
   6218     {
   6219       asection *s;
   6220       Elf_Internal_Rela rel;
   6221       bfd_byte *loc;
   6222 
   6223       /* This symbol needs a copy reloc.  Set it up.  */
   6224 
   6225       BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1
   6226 		  && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
   6227 		      || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak));
   6228 
   6229       s = bfd_get_linker_section (htab->root.dynobj, ".rela.bss");
   6230       BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
   6231 
   6232       rel.r_offset = (h->root.u.def.value
   6233 		      + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
   6234 		      + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset);
   6235       rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_SH_COPY);
   6236       rel.r_addend = 0;
   6237       loc = s->contents + s->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   6238       bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
   6239     }
   6240 
   6241   /* Mark _DYNAMIC and _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ as absolute.  On VxWorks,
   6242      _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ is not absolute: it is relative to the
   6243      ".got" section.  */
   6244   if (h == htab->root.hdynamic
   6245       || (htab->root.target_os != is_vxworks && h == htab->root.hgot))
   6246     sym->st_shndx = SHN_ABS;
   6247 
   6248   return true;
   6249 }
   6250 
   6251 /* Finish up the dynamic sections.  */
   6252 
   6253 static bool
   6254 sh_elf_finish_dynamic_sections (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
   6255 {
   6256   struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
   6257   asection *sgotplt;
   6258   asection *sdyn;
   6259 
   6260   htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
   6261   if (htab == NULL)
   6262     return false;
   6263 
   6264   sgotplt = htab->root.sgotplt;
   6265   sdyn = bfd_get_linker_section (htab->root.dynobj, ".dynamic");
   6266 
   6267   if (htab->root.dynamic_sections_created)
   6268     {
   6269       asection *splt;
   6270       Elf32_External_Dyn *dyncon, *dynconend;
   6271 
   6272       BFD_ASSERT (sgotplt != NULL && sdyn != NULL);
   6273 
   6274       dyncon = (Elf32_External_Dyn *) sdyn->contents;
   6275       dynconend = (Elf32_External_Dyn *) (sdyn->contents + sdyn->size);
   6276       for (; dyncon < dynconend; dyncon++)
   6277 	{
   6278 	  Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn;
   6279 	  asection *s;
   6280 
   6281 	  bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_in (htab->root.dynobj, dyncon, &dyn);
   6282 
   6283 	  switch (dyn.d_tag)
   6284 	    {
   6285 	    default:
   6286 	      if (htab->root.target_os == is_vxworks
   6287 		  && elf_vxworks_finish_dynamic_entry (output_bfd, &dyn))
   6288 		bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon);
   6289 	      break;
   6290 
   6291 	    case DT_PLTGOT:
   6292 	      BFD_ASSERT (htab->root.hgot != NULL);
   6293 	      s = htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.section;
   6294 	      dyn.d_un.d_ptr = htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.value
   6295 		+ s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset;
   6296 	      bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon);
   6297 	      break;
   6298 
   6299 	    case DT_JMPREL:
   6300 	      s = htab->root.srelplt;
   6301 	      dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset;
   6302 	      bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon);
   6303 	      break;
   6304 
   6305 	    case DT_PLTRELSZ:
   6306 	      s = htab->root.srelplt;
   6307 	      dyn.d_un.d_val = s->size;
   6308 	      bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon);
   6309 	      break;
   6310 	    }
   6311 	}
   6312 
   6313       /* Fill in the first entry in the procedure linkage table.  */
   6314       splt = htab->root.splt;
   6315       if (splt && splt->size > 0 && htab->plt_info->plt0_entry)
   6316 	{
   6317 	  unsigned int i;
   6318 
   6319 	  memcpy (splt->contents,
   6320 		  htab->plt_info->plt0_entry,
   6321 		  htab->plt_info->plt0_entry_size);
   6322 	  for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (htab->plt_info->plt0_got_fields); i++)
   6323 	    if (htab->plt_info->plt0_got_fields[i] != MINUS_ONE)
   6324 	      install_plt_field (output_bfd, false,
   6325 				 (sgotplt->output_section->vma
   6326 				  + sgotplt->output_offset
   6327 				  + (i * 4)),
   6328 				 (splt->contents
   6329 				  + htab->plt_info->plt0_got_fields[i]));
   6330 
   6331 	  if (htab->root.target_os == is_vxworks)
   6332 	    {
   6333 	      /* Finalize the .rela.plt.unloaded contents.  */
   6334 	      Elf_Internal_Rela rel;
   6335 	      bfd_byte *loc;
   6336 
   6337 	      /* Create a .rela.plt.unloaded R_SH_DIR32 relocation for the
   6338 		 first PLT entry's pointer to _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ + 8.  */
   6339 	      loc = htab->srelplt2->contents;
   6340 	      rel.r_offset = (splt->output_section->vma
   6341 			      + splt->output_offset
   6342 			      + htab->plt_info->plt0_got_fields[2]);
   6343 	      rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hgot->indx, R_SH_DIR32);
   6344 	      rel.r_addend = 8;
   6345 	      bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
   6346 	      loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   6347 
   6348 	      /* Fix up the remaining .rela.plt.unloaded relocations.
   6349 		 They may have the wrong symbol index for _G_O_T_ or
   6350 		 _P_L_T_ depending on the order in which symbols were
   6351 		 output.  */
   6352 	      while (loc < htab->srelplt2->contents + htab->srelplt2->size)
   6353 		{
   6354 		  /* The PLT entry's pointer to the .got.plt slot.  */
   6355 		  bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (output_bfd, loc, &rel);
   6356 		  rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hgot->indx,
   6357 					     R_SH_DIR32);
   6358 		  bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
   6359 		  loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   6360 
   6361 		  /* The .got.plt slot's pointer to .plt.  */
   6362 		  bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (output_bfd, loc, &rel);
   6363 		  rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hplt->indx,
   6364 					     R_SH_DIR32);
   6365 		  bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
   6366 		  loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   6367 		}
   6368 	    }
   6369 
   6370 	  /* UnixWare sets the entsize of .plt to 4, although that doesn't
   6371 	     really seem like the right value.  */
   6372 	  elf_section_data (splt->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_entsize = 4;
   6373 	}
   6374     }
   6375 
   6376   /* Fill in the first three entries in the global offset table.  */
   6377   if (sgotplt && sgotplt->size > 0 && !htab->fdpic_p)
   6378     {
   6379       if (sdyn == NULL)
   6380 	bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, sgotplt->contents);
   6381       else
   6382 	bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
   6383 		    sdyn->output_section->vma + sdyn->output_offset,
   6384 		    sgotplt->contents);
   6385       bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, sgotplt->contents + 4);
   6386       bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, sgotplt->contents + 8);
   6387     }
   6388 
   6389   if (sgotplt && sgotplt->size > 0)
   6390     elf_section_data (sgotplt->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_entsize = 4;
   6391 
   6392   /* At the very end of the .rofixup section is a pointer to the GOT.  */
   6393   if (htab->fdpic_p && htab->srofixup != NULL)
   6394     {
   6395       struct elf_link_hash_entry *hgot = htab->root.hgot;
   6396       bfd_vma got_value = hgot->root.u.def.value
   6397 	+ hgot->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
   6398 	+ hgot->root.u.def.section->output_offset;
   6399 
   6400       sh_elf_add_rofixup (output_bfd, htab->srofixup, got_value);
   6401 
   6402       /* Make sure we allocated and generated the same number of fixups.  */
   6403       BFD_ASSERT (htab->srofixup->reloc_count * 4 == htab->srofixup->size);
   6404     }
   6405 
   6406   if (htab->srelfuncdesc)
   6407     BFD_ASSERT (htab->srelfuncdesc->reloc_count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela)
   6408 		== htab->srelfuncdesc->size);
   6409 
   6410   if (htab->root.srelgot)
   6411     BFD_ASSERT (htab->root.srelgot->reloc_count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela)
   6412 		== htab->root.srelgot->size);
   6413 
   6414   return true;
   6415 }
   6416 
   6417 static enum elf_reloc_type_class
   6418 sh_elf_reloc_type_class (const struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
   6419 			 const asection *rel_sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
   6420 			 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rela)
   6421 {
   6422   switch ((int) ELF32_R_TYPE (rela->r_info))
   6423     {
   6424     case R_SH_RELATIVE:
   6425       return reloc_class_relative;
   6426     case R_SH_JMP_SLOT:
   6427       return reloc_class_plt;
   6428     case R_SH_COPY:
   6429       return reloc_class_copy;
   6430     default:
   6431       return reloc_class_normal;
   6432     }
   6433 }
   6434 
   6435 #if !defined SH_TARGET_ALREADY_DEFINED
   6436 /* Support for Linux core dump NOTE sections.  */
   6437 
   6438 static bool
   6439 elf32_shlin_grok_prstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
   6440 {
   6441   int offset;
   6442   unsigned int size;
   6443 
   6444   switch (note->descsz)
   6445     {
   6446       default:
   6447 	return false;
   6448 
   6449       case 168:		/* Linux/SH */
   6450 	/* pr_cursig */
   6451 	elf_tdata (abfd)->core->signal = bfd_get_16 (abfd, note->descdata + 12);
   6452 
   6453 	/* pr_pid */
   6454 	elf_tdata (abfd)->core->lwpid = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 24);
   6455 
   6456 	/* pr_reg */
   6457 	offset = 72;
   6458 	size = 92;
   6459 
   6460 	break;
   6461     }
   6462 
   6463   /* Make a ".reg/999" section.  */
   6464   return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg",
   6465 					  size, note->descpos + offset);
   6466 }
   6467 
   6468 static bool
   6469 elf32_shlin_grok_psinfo (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
   6470 {
   6471   switch (note->descsz)
   6472     {
   6473       default:
   6474 	return false;
   6475 
   6476       case 124:		/* Linux/SH elf_prpsinfo */
   6477 	elf_tdata (abfd)->core->program
   6478 	 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 28, 16);
   6479 	elf_tdata (abfd)->core->command
   6480 	 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 44, 80);
   6481     }
   6482 
   6483   /* Note that for some reason, a spurious space is tacked
   6484      onto the end of the args in some (at least one anyway)
   6485      implementations, so strip it off if it exists.  */
   6486 
   6487   {
   6488     char *command = elf_tdata (abfd)->core->command;
   6489     int n = strlen (command);
   6490 
   6491     if (0 < n && command[n - 1] == ' ')
   6492       command[n - 1] = '\0';
   6493   }
   6494 
   6495   return true;
   6496 }
   6497 #endif /* not SH_TARGET_ALREADY_DEFINED */
   6498 
   6499 
   6500 /* Return address for Ith PLT stub in section PLT, for relocation REL
   6501    or (bfd_vma) -1 if it should not be included.  */
   6502 
   6503 static bfd_vma
   6504 sh_elf_plt_sym_val (bfd_vma i, const asection *plt,
   6505 		    const arelent *rel ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   6506 {
   6507   const struct elf_sh_plt_info *plt_info;
   6508 
   6509   plt_info = get_plt_info (plt->owner, (plt->owner->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0);
   6510   return plt->vma + get_plt_offset (plt_info, i);
   6511 }
   6512 
   6513 /* Decide whether to attempt to turn absptr or lsda encodings in
   6514    shared libraries into pcrel within the given input section.  */
   6515 
   6516 static bool
   6517 sh_elf_use_relative_eh_frame (bfd *input_bfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
   6518 			      struct bfd_link_info *info,
   6519 			      asection *eh_frame_section ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   6520 {
   6521   struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
   6522 
   6523   /* We can't use PC-relative encodings in FDPIC binaries, in general.  */
   6524   if (htab->fdpic_p)
   6525     return false;
   6526 
   6527   return true;
   6528 }
   6529 
   6530 /* Adjust the contents of an eh_frame_hdr section before they're output.  */
   6531 
   6532 static bfd_byte
   6533 sh_elf_encode_eh_address (bfd *abfd,
   6534 			  struct bfd_link_info *info,
   6535 			  asection *osec, bfd_vma offset,
   6536 			  asection *loc_sec, bfd_vma loc_offset,
   6537 			  bfd_vma *encoded)
   6538 {
   6539   struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
   6540   struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
   6541 
   6542   if (!htab->fdpic_p)
   6543     return _bfd_elf_encode_eh_address (abfd, info, osec, offset, loc_sec,
   6544 				       loc_offset, encoded);
   6545 
   6546   h = htab->root.hgot;
   6547   BFD_ASSERT (h && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined);
   6548 
   6549   if (! h || (sh_elf_osec_to_segment (abfd, osec)
   6550 	      == sh_elf_osec_to_segment (abfd, loc_sec->output_section)))
   6551     return _bfd_elf_encode_eh_address (abfd, info, osec, offset,
   6552 				       loc_sec, loc_offset, encoded);
   6553 
   6554   BFD_ASSERT (sh_elf_osec_to_segment (abfd, osec)
   6555 	      == (sh_elf_osec_to_segment
   6556 		  (abfd, h->root.u.def.section->output_section)));
   6557 
   6558   *encoded = osec->vma + offset
   6559     - (h->root.u.def.value
   6560        + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
   6561        + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset);
   6562 
   6563   return DW_EH_PE_datarel | DW_EH_PE_sdata4;
   6564 }
   6565 
   6566 #if !defined SH_TARGET_ALREADY_DEFINED
   6567 #define TARGET_BIG_SYM		sh_elf32_vec
   6568 #define TARGET_BIG_NAME		"elf32-sh"
   6569 #define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM	sh_elf32_le_vec
   6570 #define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME	"elf32-shl"
   6571 #endif
   6572 
   6573 #define ELF_ARCH		bfd_arch_sh
   6574 #define ELF_TARGET_ID		SH_ELF_DATA
   6575 #define ELF_MACHINE_CODE	EM_SH
   6576 #ifdef __QNXTARGET__
   6577 #define ELF_MAXPAGESIZE		0x1000
   6578 #else
   6579 #define ELF_MAXPAGESIZE		0x80
   6580 #endif
   6581 
   6582 #define elf_symbol_leading_char '_'
   6583 
   6584 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_reloc_type_lookup	sh_elf_reloc_type_lookup
   6585 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_reloc_name_lookup \
   6586 					sh_elf_reloc_name_lookup
   6587 #define elf_info_to_howto		sh_elf_info_to_howto
   6588 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_relax_section	sh_elf_relax_section
   6589 #define elf_backend_relocate_section	sh_elf_relocate_section
   6590 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_get_relocated_section_contents \
   6591 					sh_elf_get_relocated_section_contents
   6592 #define bfd_elf32_mkobject		sh_elf_mkobject
   6593 #define elf_backend_object_p		sh_elf_object_p
   6594 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_copy_private_bfd_data \
   6595 					sh_elf_copy_private_data
   6596 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_merge_private_bfd_data \
   6597 					sh_elf_merge_private_data
   6598 
   6599 #define elf_backend_gc_mark_hook	sh_elf_gc_mark_hook
   6600 #define elf_backend_check_relocs	sh_elf_check_relocs
   6601 #define elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol \
   6602 					sh_elf_copy_indirect_symbol
   6603 #define elf_backend_create_dynamic_sections \
   6604 					sh_elf_create_dynamic_sections
   6605 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_link_hash_table_create \
   6606 					sh_elf_link_hash_table_create
   6607 #define elf_backend_adjust_dynamic_symbol \
   6608 					sh_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol
   6609 #define elf_backend_always_size_sections \
   6610 					sh_elf_always_size_sections
   6611 #define elf_backend_size_dynamic_sections \
   6612 					sh_elf_size_dynamic_sections
   6613 #define elf_backend_omit_section_dynsym	sh_elf_omit_section_dynsym
   6614 #define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_symbol \
   6615 					sh_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol
   6616 #define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_sections \
   6617 					sh_elf_finish_dynamic_sections
   6618 #define elf_backend_reloc_type_class	sh_elf_reloc_type_class
   6619 #define elf_backend_plt_sym_val		sh_elf_plt_sym_val
   6620 #define elf_backend_can_make_relative_eh_frame \
   6621 					sh_elf_use_relative_eh_frame
   6622 #define elf_backend_can_make_lsda_relative_eh_frame \
   6623 					sh_elf_use_relative_eh_frame
   6624 #define elf_backend_encode_eh_address \
   6625 					sh_elf_encode_eh_address
   6626 
   6627 #define elf_backend_stack_align		8
   6628 #define elf_backend_can_gc_sections	1
   6629 #define elf_backend_can_refcount	1
   6630 #define elf_backend_want_got_plt	1
   6631 #define elf_backend_plt_readonly	1
   6632 #define elf_backend_want_plt_sym	0
   6633 #define elf_backend_got_header_size	12
   6634 #define elf_backend_dtrel_excludes_plt	1
   6635 
   6636 #define elf_backend_linux_prpsinfo32_ugid16	true
   6637 
   6638 #if !defined SH_TARGET_ALREADY_DEFINED
   6639 
   6640 #include "elf32-target.h"
   6641 
   6642 /* NetBSD support.  */
   6643 #undef	TARGET_BIG_SYM
   6644 #define	TARGET_BIG_SYM			sh_elf32_nbsd_vec
   6645 #undef	TARGET_BIG_NAME
   6646 #define	TARGET_BIG_NAME			"elf32-sh-nbsd"
   6647 #undef	TARGET_LITTLE_SYM
   6648 #define	TARGET_LITTLE_SYM		sh_elf32_nbsd_le_vec
   6649 #undef	TARGET_LITTLE_NAME
   6650 #define	TARGET_LITTLE_NAME		"elf32-shl-nbsd"
   6651 #undef	ELF_MAXPAGESIZE
   6652 #define	ELF_MAXPAGESIZE			0x10000
   6653 #undef	ELF_COMMONPAGESIZE
   6654 #undef	elf_symbol_leading_char
   6655 #define	elf_symbol_leading_char		0
   6656 #undef	elf32_bed
   6657 #define	elf32_bed			elf32_sh_nbsd_bed
   6658 
   6659 #include "elf32-target.h"
   6660 
   6661 
   6662 /* Linux support.  */
   6663 #undef	TARGET_BIG_SYM
   6664 #define	TARGET_BIG_SYM			sh_elf32_linux_be_vec
   6665 #undef	TARGET_BIG_NAME
   6666 #define	TARGET_BIG_NAME			"elf32-shbig-linux"
   6667 #undef	TARGET_LITTLE_SYM
   6668 #define	TARGET_LITTLE_SYM		sh_elf32_linux_vec
   6669 #undef	TARGET_LITTLE_NAME
   6670 #define	TARGET_LITTLE_NAME		"elf32-sh-linux"
   6671 #undef	ELF_COMMONPAGESIZE
   6672 #define	ELF_COMMONPAGESIZE		0x1000
   6673 
   6674 #undef	elf_backend_grok_prstatus
   6675 #define	elf_backend_grok_prstatus	elf32_shlin_grok_prstatus
   6676 #undef	elf_backend_grok_psinfo
   6677 #define	elf_backend_grok_psinfo		elf32_shlin_grok_psinfo
   6678 #undef	elf32_bed
   6679 #define	elf32_bed			elf32_sh_lin_bed
   6680 
   6681 #include "elf32-target.h"
   6682 
   6683 
   6684 /* FDPIC support.  */
   6685 #undef	TARGET_BIG_SYM
   6686 #define	TARGET_BIG_SYM			sh_elf32_fdpic_be_vec
   6687 #undef	TARGET_BIG_NAME
   6688 #define	TARGET_BIG_NAME			"elf32-shbig-fdpic"
   6689 #undef	TARGET_LITTLE_SYM
   6690 #define	TARGET_LITTLE_SYM		sh_elf32_fdpic_le_vec
   6691 #undef	TARGET_LITTLE_NAME
   6692 #define	TARGET_LITTLE_NAME		"elf32-sh-fdpic"
   6693 
   6694 #undef	elf32_bed
   6695 #define	elf32_bed			elf32_sh_fd_bed
   6696 
   6697 #include "elf32-target.h"
   6698 
   6699 /* VxWorks support.  */
   6700 #undef	TARGET_BIG_SYM
   6701 #define	TARGET_BIG_SYM			sh_elf32_vxworks_vec
   6702 #undef	TARGET_BIG_NAME
   6703 #define	TARGET_BIG_NAME			"elf32-sh-vxworks"
   6704 #undef	TARGET_LITTLE_SYM
   6705 #define	TARGET_LITTLE_SYM		sh_elf32_vxworks_le_vec
   6706 #undef	TARGET_LITTLE_NAME
   6707 #define	TARGET_LITTLE_NAME		"elf32-shl-vxworks"
   6708 #undef	elf32_bed
   6709 #define	elf32_bed			elf32_sh_vxworks_bed
   6710 
   6711 #undef	elf_backend_want_plt_sym
   6712 #define	elf_backend_want_plt_sym	1
   6713 #undef	elf_symbol_leading_char
   6714 #define	elf_symbol_leading_char		'_'
   6715 #define	elf_backend_want_got_underscore 1
   6716 #undef	elf_backend_grok_prstatus
   6717 #undef	elf_backend_grok_psinfo
   6718 #undef	elf_backend_add_symbol_hook
   6719 #define	elf_backend_add_symbol_hook	elf_vxworks_add_symbol_hook
   6720 #undef	elf_backend_link_output_symbol_hook
   6721 #define	elf_backend_link_output_symbol_hook \
   6722 					elf_vxworks_link_output_symbol_hook
   6723 #undef	elf_backend_emit_relocs
   6724 #define	elf_backend_emit_relocs		elf_vxworks_emit_relocs
   6725 #undef	elf_backend_final_write_processing
   6726 #define	elf_backend_final_write_processing \
   6727 					elf_vxworks_final_write_processing
   6728 #undef	ELF_MAXPAGESIZE
   6729 #define	ELF_MAXPAGESIZE			0x1000
   6730 #undef	ELF_COMMONPAGESIZE
   6731 
   6732 #undef	ELF_TARGET_OS
   6733 #define	ELF_TARGET_OS			is_vxworks
   6734 
   6735 #include "elf32-target.h"
   6736 
   6737 #endif /* not SH_TARGET_ALREADY_DEFINED */
   6738